2 $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.1963 2009/12/23 04:43:46 ca Exp $
5 This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version
6 of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a
7 summary of the changes in that release.
9 8.14.4/8.14.4 2009/12/30
10 SECURITY: Handle bogus certificates containing NUL characters
11 in CNs by placing a string indicating a bad certificate
12 in the {cn_subject} or {cn_issuer} macro. Patch inspired
13 by Matthias Andree's changes for fetchmail.
14 During the generation of a queue identifier an integer overflow
15 could occur which might result in bogus characters
16 being used. Based on patch from John Vannoy of
17 Pepperdine University.
18 The value of headers, e.g., Precedence, Content-Type, et.al.,
19 was not processed correctly. Patch from Per Hedeland.
20 Between 8.11.7 and 8.12.0 the length limitation on a return
21 path was erroneously reduced from MAXNAME (256) to
22 MAXSHORTSTR (203). Patch from John Gardiner Myers
23 of Proofpoint; the problem was also noted by Steve
24 Hubert of University of Washington.
25 Prevent a crash when a hostname lookup returns a seemingly
26 valid result which contains a NULL pointer (this seems
27 to be happening on some Linux versions).
28 The process title was missing the current load average when
29 the MTA was delaying connections due to DelayLA.
30 Patch from Dick St.Peters of NetHeaven.
31 Do not reset the number of queue entries in shared memory if
32 only some of them are processed.
33 Fix overflow of an internal array when parsing some replies
34 from a milter. Problem found by Scott Rotondo
36 If STARTTLS is turned off in the server (via M=S) then it
37 would not be initialized for use in the client either.
38 Patch from Kazuteru Okahashi of IIJ.
39 If a Diffie-Hellman cipher is selected for STARTTLS, the
40 handshake could fail with some TLS implementations
41 because the prime used by the server is not long enough.
42 Note: the initialization of the DSA/DH parameters for
43 the server can take a significant amount of time on slow
44 machines. This can be turned off by setting DHParameters
45 to none or a file (see doc/op/op.me). Patch from
46 Petr Lampa of the Brno University of Technology.
47 Fix handling of `b' modifier for DaemonPortOptions on little
48 endian machines for loopback address. Patch from
49 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
50 Fix a potential memory leak in libsmdb/smdb1.c found by parfait.
51 Based on patch from Jonathan Gray of OpenBSD.
52 If a milter sets the reply code to "421" during the transfer
53 of the body, the SMTP server will terminate the SMTP session
54 with that error to match the behavior of the other callbacks.
55 Return EX_IOERR (instead of 0) if a mail submission fails due to
56 missing disk space in the mail queue. Based on patch
57 from Martin Poole of RedHat.
58 CONFIG: Using FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s `nodomain' argument would
59 cause addresses not found in LDAP to be misparsed.
60 CONFIG: Using a CN restriction did not work for TLS_Clt as it
61 referred to a wrong macro. Patch from John Gardiner
63 CONFIG: The option relaytofulladdress of FEATURE(`access_db')
64 did not work if FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') is used too.
65 Problem noted by Kristian Shaw.
66 CONFIG: The internal function lower() was broken and hence
67 strcasecmp() did not work either, which could cause
68 problems for some FEATURE()s if upper case arguments
69 were used. Patch from Vesa-Matti J Kari of the
70 University of Helsinki.
71 LIBMILTER: Fix internal check whether a milter application
72 is compiled against the same version of libmilter as
73 it is linked against (especially useful for dynamic
75 LIBMILTER: Fix memory leak that occurred when smfi_setsymlist()
76 was used. Based on patch by Dan Lukes.
77 LIBMILTER: Document the effect of SMFIP_HDR_LEADSPC for filters
78 which add, insert, or replace headers. From Benjamin
80 LIBMILTER: Fix error messages which refer to "select()" to be
81 correct if SM_CONF_POLL is used. Based on patch from
83 LIBSM: Fix handling of LDAP search failures where the error is
84 carried in the search result itself, such as seen with
85 OpenLDAP proxy servers.
86 VACATION: Do not refer to a local variable outside its scope.
87 Based on patch from Mark Costlow of Southwest Cyberport.
89 Enable HAVE_NANOSLEEP for SunOS 5.11. Patch from
90 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
91 Drop NISPLUS from default SunOS 5.11 map definitions.
92 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
94 8.14.3/8.14.3 2008/05/03
95 During ruleset processing the generation of a key for a map
96 lookup and the parsing of the default value was broken
97 for some macros, e.g., $|, which caused the BlankSub
98 character to be inserted into the workspace and thus
99 failures, e.g., rules that should have matched did not.
100 8.14.2 caused a regression: it accessed (macro) storage which was
101 freed before. First instance of the problem reported by
102 Matthew Dillon of DragonFlyBSD; variations of the same
103 bug reported by Todd C. Miller of OpenBSD, Moritz
104 Jodeit, and Dave Hayes.
105 Improve pathname length checks for persistent host status. Patch
106 from Joerg Sonnenberger of DragonFlyBSD.
107 Reword misleading SMTP reply text for FEATURE(`badmx'). Problem
108 noted by Beth Halsema.
109 The read timeout was fixed to be Timeout.datablock if STARTTLS
110 was activated. This may cause problems if that value
111 is lowered from its default. Problem noted by Jens Elkner.
112 CONFIG: Using LOCAL_TLS_CLIENT caused the tls_client ruleset
113 to operate incorrectly. Problem found by Werner Wiethege.
114 LIBMILTER: Omitting some protocol steps via the xxfi_negotiate()
115 callback did not work properly. The patchlevel of
116 libmilter has been set to 1 so a milter can determine
117 whether libmilter contains this fix.
118 MAKEMAP: If a delimiter is specified (-t) use that also when
119 dumping a map. Patch from Todd C. Miller of OpenBSD.
121 Add support for Darwin 9.x (Mac OS X 10.5).
122 Support shared libraries in Darwin 8 and 9. Patch from
123 Chris Behrens of Concentric.
124 Add support for SCO OpenServer 6, patch from Boyd Gerber.
125 DEVTOOLS: Clarify that confSHAREDLIBDIR requires a trailing slash.
127 devtools/OS/Darwin.9.x
130 8.14.2/8.14.2 2007/11/01
131 If a message was queued and it contained 8 bit characters in
132 a From: or To: header, then those characters could be
133 "mistaken" for internal control characters during a queue
134 run and trigger various consistency checks. Problem
135 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
136 If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set to a value greater than 0 (which
137 it is by default) then even if the Linelimit parameter
138 is 0, sendmail corrupted in the non-transfer-encoding
139 case every MAXLINE-1 characters. Patch from John Gardiner
141 Setting the suboption DeliveryMode for DaemonPortOptions did not
142 work in earlier 8.14 versions.
143 Note: DeliveryMode=interactive is silently converted to
144 background if a milter can reject or delete a recipient.
145 Prior to 8.14 this happened only if milter could delete
147 ClientRate should trigger when the limit was exceeded (as
148 documented), not when it was reached. Patch from
149 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
150 Force a queue run for -qGqueuegroup even if no runners are
151 specified (R=0) and forking (F=f) is requested.
152 When multiple results are requested for a DNS map lookup
153 (-z and -Z), return only those that are relevant for
154 the query (not also those in the "additional section".)
155 If the message transfer time to sendmail (when acting as server)
156 exceeds Timeout.queuewarn or Timeout.queuereturn and
157 the message is refused (by a milter), sendmail previously
158 created a delivery status notification (DSN). Patch
159 from Doug Heath of The Hertz Corporation.
160 A code change in Cyrus-SASL 2.1.22 for sasl_decode64() requires
161 the MTA to deal with some input (i.e., "=") itself.
162 Problem noted by Eliot Lear.
163 sendmail counted a delivery as successful if PIPELINING is
164 compiled in but not offered by the server and the
165 delivery failed temporarily. Patch from Werner Wiethege.
166 If getting the result of an LDAP query times out then close the
167 map so it will be reopened on the next lookup. This
168 should help "failover" configurations that specify more
169 than one LDAP server.
170 If check_compat returns $#discard then a "savemail panic" could
171 be triggered under some circumstances (e.g., requiring
172 a system which does not have the compile time flag
173 HASFLOCK set). Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura
174 of National Institute of Informatics, Japan.
175 If a milter rejected a recipient, the count for nrcpts= in the
176 logfile entry might have been wrong. Problem found by
177 Petra Humann of TU Dresden.
178 If a milter invoked smfi_chgfrom() where ESMTP arguments are not
179 NULL, the message body was lost. Patch from Motonori
180 Nakamura of National Institute of Informatics, Japan.
181 sendmail(8) had a bogus space in -qGname. Patch from Peng Haitao.
182 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Preserve ownership and permissions when
184 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Skip dot-files (e.g., .cvsignore) when
185 reading the /etc/mail/virtusers/ directory.
186 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Emit warnings instead of exiting where
188 LIBMILTER: Fix ABI backwards compatibility so milters compiled
189 against an older libmilter.so shared library can use an
190 8.14 libmilter.so shared library.
191 LIBMILTER: smfi_version() did not properly extract the patchlevel
192 from the version number, however, the returned value was
193 correct for the current libmilter version.
195 8.14.1/8.14.1 2007/04/03
196 Even though a milter rejects a recipient the MTA will still keep
197 it in its list of recipients and deliver to it if the
198 transaction is accepted. This is a regression introduced
199 in 8.14.0 due to the change for SMFIP_RCPT_REJ. Bug
200 found by Andy Fiddaman.
201 The new DaemonPortOptions which begin with a lower case character
202 could not be set in 8.14.0.
203 If a server shut down the connection in response to a STARTTLS
204 command, sendmail would log a misleading error message
205 due to an internal inconsistency. Problem found by
207 Document how some sendmail.cf options change the behavior of mailq.
208 Noted by Paul Menchini of the North Carolina School of
209 Science and Mathematics.
210 CONFIG: Add confSOFT_BOUNCE m4 option for setting SoftBounce.
211 CONFIG: 8.14.0's RELEASE_NOTES failed to mention the addition
212 of the confMAX_NOOP_COMMANDS and confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY_FILE
213 m4 options for setting MaxNOOPCommands and
215 CONFIG: Add confMILTER_MACROS_EOH and confMILTER_MACROS_DATA m4
216 options for setting Milter.macros.eoh and Milter.macros.data.
217 CONTRIB: Use flock() and fcntl() in qtool.pl if necessary.
218 Patch from Daniel Carroll of Mesa State College.
219 LIBMILTER: Make sure an unknown command does not affect the
220 currently available macros. Problem found by Andy Fiddaman.
221 LIBMILTER: The MTA did not offer SMFIF_SETSYMLIST during option
222 negotiation. Problem reported by Bryan Costales.
223 LIBMILTER: Fix several minor errors in the documentation.
224 Patches from Bryan Costales.
226 AIX 5.{1,2}: libsm/util.c failed to compile due to
227 redefinition of several macros, e.g., SIG_ERR.
228 Patch from Jim Pirzyk with assistance by Bob
229 Booth, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
230 Add support for QNX.6. Patch from Sean Boudreau of QNX
233 devtools/M4/depend/QNX6.m4
235 include/sm/os/sm_os_qnx.h
237 New Files added in 8.14.0, but not shown in the release notes entry:
238 libmilter/docs/smfi_chgfrom.html
239 libmilter/docs/smfi_version.html
241 8.14.0/8.14.0 2007/01/31
242 Header field values are now 8 bit clean. Notes:
243 - header field names are still restricted to 7 bit.
244 - RFC 2822 allows only 7 bit (US-ASCII) characters in
246 Preserve spaces after the colon in a header. Previously, any
247 number of spaces after the colon would be changed to
249 In some cases of deeply nested aliases/forwarding, mail can
250 be silently lost. Moreover, the MaxAliasRecursion
251 limit may be reached too early, e.g., the counter
252 may be off by a factor of 4 in case of a sequence of
253 .forward files that refer to others. Patch from
254 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
255 Fix a regression in 8.13.8: if InputMailFilters is set then
256 "sendmail -bs" can trigger an assertion because the
257 hostname of the client is undefined. It is now set
258 to "localhost" for the xxfi_connect() callback.
259 Avoid referencing a freed variable during cleanup when terminating.
260 Problem reported and diagnosed by Joe Maimon.
261 New option HeloName to set the name for the HELO/EHLO command.
262 Patch from Nik Clayton.
263 New option SoftBounce to issue temporary errors (4xy) instead of
264 permanent errors (5xy). This can be useful for testing.
265 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions to set them individually
267 DeliveryMode DeliveryMode
271 children MaxDaemonChildren
272 New option -K for LDAP maps to replace %1 through %9 in the
273 lookup key with the LDAP escaped contents of the
274 arguments specified in the map lookup. Loosely based
275 on patch from Wolfgang Hottgenroth.
276 Log the time after which a greet_pause delay triggered. Patch
278 If a client is rejected via TCP wrapper or some other check
279 performed by validate_connection() (in conf.c) then do
280 not also invoke greet_pause. Problem noted by Jim Pirzyk
281 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
282 If a client terminates the SMTP connection during a pause
283 introduced by greet_pause, then a misleading message
284 was logged previously. Problem noted by Vernon Schryver
285 et.al., patch from Matej Vela.
286 New command "mstat" for control socket to provide "machine
288 New named config file rule check_eom which is called at the end
289 of a message, its parameter is the size of the message.
290 If the macro {addr_type} indicates that the current address
291 is a header address it also distinguishes between
292 recipient and sender addresses (as it is done for
294 When a macro is set in check_relay, then its value is accessible
295 by all transactions in the same SMTP session.
296 Increase size of key for ldap lookups to 1024 (MAXKEY).
297 New option MaxNOOPCommands to override default of 20 for the
298 number of "useless" commands before the SMTP server will
299 slow down responding.
300 New option SharedMemoryKeyFile: if shared memory support is
301 enabled, the MTA can be asked to select a shared memory
302 key itself by setting SharedMemoryKey to -1 and specifying
303 a file where to store the selected key.
304 Try to deal with open HTTP proxies that are used to send spam
305 by recognizing some commands from them. If the first command
306 from the client is GET, POST, CONNECT, or USER, then the
307 connection is terminated immediately.
308 New PrivacyOptions noactualrecipient to avoid putting
309 X-Actual-Recipient lines in DSNs revealing the actual
310 account that addresses map to. Patch from Dan Harkless.
311 New options B, z, and Z for DNS maps:
312 -B: specify a domain that is always appended to queries.
313 -z: specify the delimiter at which to cut off the result of
314 a query if it is too long.
315 -Z: specify the maximum number of entries to be concatenated
316 to form the result of a lookup.
317 New target "check" in the Makefile of libsm: instead of running tests
318 implicitly while building libsm, they must be explicitly
319 started by using "make check".
320 Fixed some inconsistent checks for NULL pointers that have been
321 reported by the SATURN tool which has been developed by
322 Isil Dillig and Thomas Dillig of Stanford University.
323 Fix a potential race condition caused by a signal handler for
324 terminated child processes. Problem noted by David F. Skoll.
325 When a milter deleted a recipient, that recipient could cause a
326 queue group selection. This has been disabled as it was not
328 New operator 'r' for the arith map to return a random number.
329 Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
330 New compile time option MILTER_NO_NAGLE to turn off the Nagle
331 algorithm for communication with libmilter ("cork" on Linux),
332 which may improve the communication performance on some
333 operating systems. Patch from John Gardiner Myers of
335 If sendmail received input that contained a CR without subsequent LF
336 (thus violating RFC 2821 (2.3.7)), it could previously
337 generate an additional blank line in the output as the last
339 Restarting persistent queue runners by sending a HUP signal to
340 the "queue control process" (QCP) works now.
341 Increase the length of an input line to 12288 to deal with
342 really long lines during SMTP AUTH negotiations.
343 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
344 If ARPANET mode (-ba) was selected STARTTLS would fail (due to
345 a missing initialization call for that case). Problem
346 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
347 If sendmail is linked against a library that initializes Cyrus-SASL
348 before sendmail did it (such as libnss-ldap), then SMTP AUTH
349 could fail for the sendmail client. A patch by Moritz Both
350 works around the API design flaw of Cyrus-SASLv2.
351 CONFIG: Make it possible to unset the StatusFile option by
352 undefining STATUS_FILE. By not setting StatusFile,
353 the MTA will not attempt to open a statistics file on
355 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`require_rdns') to reject messages from SMTP
356 clients whose IP address does not have proper reverse DNS.
357 Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University
358 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
359 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`block_bad_helo') to reject messages from SMTP
360 clients which provide a HELO/EHLO argument which is either
361 unqualified, or is one of our own names (i.e., the server
362 name instead of the client name). Contributed by Neil
363 Rickert of Northern Illinois University and John Beck of
365 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`badmx') to reject envelope sender addresses
366 (MAIL) whose domain part resolves to a "bad" MX record.
367 Based on contribution from William Dell Wisner.
368 CONFIG: New macros SMTP_MAILER_LL and RELAY_MAILER_LL to override
369 the maximum line length of the smtp mailers.
370 CONFIG: New option `relaytofulladdress' for FEATURE(`access_db')
371 to allow entries in the access map to be of the form
372 To:user@example.com RELAY
373 CONFIG: New subsuboptions eoh and data to specify the list of
374 macros a milter should receive at those stages in the
376 CONFIG: New option confHELO_NAME for HeloName to set the name
377 for the HELO/EHLO command.
378 CONFIG: dnsbl and enhdnsbl can now also discard or quarantine
379 messages by using those values as second argument.
380 Patches from Nelson Fung.
381 CONTRIB: cidrexpand uses a hash symbol as comment character and
382 ignores everything after it unless it is in quotes or
383 preceeded by a backslash.
384 DEVTOOLS: New macro confMKDIR: if set to a program that creates
385 directories, then it used for "make install" to create
386 the required installation directories.
387 DEVTOOLS: New macro confCCLINK to specify the linker to use for
388 executables (defaults to confCC).
389 LIBMILTER: A new version of the milter API has been created that
390 has several changes which are listed below and documented
391 in the webpages reachable via libmilter/docs/index.html.
392 LIBMILTER: The meaning of the version macro SMFI_VERSION has been
393 changed. It now refers only to the version of libmilter,
394 not to the protocol version (which is used only internally,
395 it is not user/milter-programmer visible). Additionally,
396 a version function smfi_version() has been introduced such
397 that a milter program can check the libmilter version also
398 at runtime which is useful if a shared library is used.
399 LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_negotiate() can be used to
400 dynamically (i.e., at runtime) determine the available
401 protocol actions and features of the MTA and also to
402 specify which of these a milter wants to use. This allows
403 for more flexibility than hardcoding these flags in the
404 xxfi_flags field of the smfiDesc structure.
405 LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_data() is available so milters
406 can act on the DATA command.
407 LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_unknown() is available so milters
408 can receive also unknown SMTP commands.
409 LIBMILTER: A new return code SMFIS_NOREPLY has been added which
410 can be used by the xxfi_header() callback provided the
411 milter requested the SMFIP_NOHREPL protocol action.
412 LIBMILTER: The new return code SMFIS_SKIP can be used in the
413 xxfi_body() callback to skip over further body chunks
414 and directly advance to the xxfi_eom() callback. This
415 is useful if a milter can make a decision based on the
416 body chunks it already received without reading the entire
417 rest of the body and the milter wants to invoke functions
418 that are only available from the xxfi_eom() callback.
419 LIBMILTER: A new function smfi_addrcpt_par() can be used to add
420 new recipients including ESMTP parameters.
421 LIBMILTER: A new function smfi_chgfrom() can be used to change the
422 envelope sender including ESMTP parameters.
423 LIBMILTER: A milter can now request to be informed about rejected
424 recipients (RCPT) too. This requires to set the protocol
425 flag SMFIP_RCPT_REJ during option negotiation. Whether
426 a RCPT has been rejected can be checked by comparing the
427 value of the macro {rcpt_mailer} with "error".
428 LIBMILTER: A milter can now override the list of macros that it
429 wants to receive from the MTA for each protocol step
430 by invoking the function smfi_setsymlist() during option
432 LIBMILTER: A milter can receive header field values with all
433 leading spaces by requesting the SMFIP_HDR_LEADSPC
434 protocol action. Also, if the flag is set then the MTA
435 does not add a leading space to headers that are added,
436 inserted, or replaced.
437 LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421" for the HELO
438 callback, the SMTP server will terminate the SMTP session
439 with that error to match the behavior of all other callbacks.
442 cf/feature/block_bad_helo.m4
443 cf/feature/require_rdns.m4
444 devtools/M4/UNIX/check.m4
446 include/sm/sendmail.h
448 libmilter/docs/smfi_addrcpt_par.html
449 libmilter/docs/smfi_setsymlist.html
450 libmilter/docs/xxfi_data.html
451 libmilter/docs/xxfi_negotiate.html
452 libmilter/docs/xxfi_unknown.html
463 8.13.8/8.13.8 2006/08/09
464 Fix a regression in 8.13.7: if shared memory is activated, then
465 the server can erroneously report that there is
466 insufficient disk space. Additionally make sure that
467 an internal variable is set properly to avoid those
468 misleading errors. Based on patch from Steve Hubert
469 of University of Washington.
470 Fix a regression in 8.13.7: the PidFile could be removed after
471 the process that forks the daemon exited, i.e., if
472 sendmail -bd is invoked. Problem reported by Kan Sasaki
473 of Fusion Communications Corp. and Werner Wiethege.
474 Avoid opening qf files if QueueSortOrder is "none". Patch from
476 Avoid a crash when finishing due to referencing a freed variable.
477 Problem reported and diagnosed by Moritz Jodeit.
478 CONTRIB: cidrexpand now deals with /0 by issuing the entire IPv4
480 LIBMILTER: The "hostname" argument of the xxfi_connect() callback
481 previously was the equivalent of {client_ptr}. However,
482 this did not match the documentation of the function, hence
483 it has been changed to {client_name}. See doc/op/op.*
486 8.13.7/8.13.7 2006/06/14
487 A malformed MIME structure with many parts can cause sendmail to
488 crash while trying to send a mail due to a stack overflow,
489 e.g., if the stack size is limited (ulimit -s). This
490 happens because the recursion of the function mime8to7()
491 was not restricted. The function is called for MIME 8 to
492 7 bit conversion and also to enforce MaxMimeHeaderLength.
493 To work around this problem, recursive calls are limited to
494 a depth of MAXMIMENESTING (20); message content after this
495 limit is treated as opaque and is not checked further.
496 Problem noted by Frank Sheiness.
497 The changes to the I/O layer in 8.13.6 caused a regression for
498 SASL mechanisms that use the security layer, e.g.,
499 DIGEST-MD5. Problem noted by Robert Stampfli.
500 If a timeout occurs while reading a message (during the DATA phase)
501 a df file might have been left behind in the queue.
502 This was another side effect of the changes to the I/O
503 layer made in 8.13.6.
504 Several minor problems have been fixed that were found by a
505 Coverity scan of sendmail 8 as part of the NetBSD
506 distribution. See http://scan.coverity.com/
507 Note: the scan generated also a lot of "false positives",
508 e.g., "error" reports about situations that cannot happen.
509 Most of those code places are marked with lint(1) comments
510 like NOTREACHED, but Coverity does not understand those.
511 Hence an explicit assertion has been added in some cases
512 to avoid those false positives.
513 If the start of the sendmail daemon fails due to a configuration
514 error then in some cases shared memory segments or pid
515 files were not removed.
516 If DSN support is disabled via access_db, then related ESMTP
517 parameters for MAIL and RCPT should be rejected. Problem
518 reported by Akihiro Sagawa.
519 Enabling zlib compression in OpenSSL 0.9.8[ab] breaks the padding
520 bug work-around. Hence if sendmail is linked against
521 either of these versions and compression is available,
522 the padding bug work-around is turned off. Based on
523 patch from Victor Duchovni of Morgan Stanley.
524 CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') and FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') used
525 blackholes.mail-abuse.org as default domain for lookups,
526 however, that list is no longer available. To avoid
527 further problems, no default value is available anymore,
528 but an argument must be specified.
530 Fix compilation on OSF/1 for sfsasl.c. Patch from
531 Pieter Bowman of the University of Utah.
533 8.13.6/8.13.6 2006/03/22
534 SECURITY: Replace unsafe use of setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in the server
535 and client side of sendmail with timeouts in the libsm I/O
536 layer and fix problems in that code. Also fix handling of
537 a buffer in sm_syslog() which could have been used as an
538 attack vector to exploit the unsafe handling of
539 setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in combination with signals.
540 Problem detected by Mark Dowd of ISS X-Force.
541 Handle theoretical integer overflows that could triggered if
542 the server accepted headers larger than the maximum
543 (signed) integer value. This is prevented in the default
544 configuration by restricting the size of a header, and on
545 most machines memory allocations would fail before reaching
546 those values. Problems found by Phil Brass of ISS.
547 If a server returns 421 for an RSET command when trying to start
548 another transaction in a session while sending mail, do
549 not trigger an internal consistency check. Problem found
550 by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
551 If a server returns a 5xy error code (other than 501) in response
552 to a STARTTLS command despite the fact that it advertised
553 STARTTLS and that the code is not valid according to RFC
554 2487 treat it nevertheless as a permanent failure instead
555 of a protocol error (which has been changed to a
556 temporary error in 8.13.5). Problem reported by Jeff
557 A. Earickson of Colby College.
558 Clear SMTP state after a HELO/EHLO command. Patch from John
560 Observe MinQueueAge option when gathering entries from the queue
561 for sorting etc instead of waiting until the entries are
562 processed. Patch from Brian Fundakowski Feldman.
563 Set up TLS session cache to properly handle clients that try to
564 resume a stored TLS session.
565 Properly count the number of (direct) child processes such that
566 a configured value (MaxDaemonChildren) is not exceeded.
567 Based on patch from Attila Bruncsak.
568 LIBMILTER: Remove superfluous backslash in macro definition
569 (libmilter.h). Based on patch from Mike Kupfer of
571 LIBMILTER: Don't try to set SO_REUSEADDR on UNIX domain sockets.
572 This generates an error message from libmilter on
573 Solaris, though other systems appear to just discard the
575 LIBMILTER: Deal with sigwait(2) implementations that return
576 -1 and set errno instead of returning an error code
577 directly. Patch from Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations
580 Fix compilation checks for closefrom(3) and statvfs(2)
581 in NetBSD. Problem noted by S. Moonesamy, patch from
584 8.13.5/8.13.5 2005/09/16
585 Store the filesystem identifier of the df/ subdirectory (if it
586 exists) in an internal structure instead of the base
587 directory. This structure is used decide whether there
588 is enough free disk space when selecting a queue, hence
589 without this change queue selection could fail if a df/
590 subdirectory exists and is on a different filesystem
591 than the base directory.
592 Use the queue index of the df file (instead of the qf file) for
593 checking whether a link(2) operation can be used to split
594 an envelope across queue groups. Problem found by
596 If the list of items in the queue is larger than the maximum
597 number of items to process, sort the queue first and
598 then cut the list off instead of the other way around.
599 Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute.
600 Fix helpfile to show full entry for ETRN. Problem noted by
601 Penelope Fudd, patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
603 FallbackSmartHost should also be tried on temporary errors.
604 From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
605 When a server responds with 421 to the STARTTLS command then treat
606 it as a temporary error, not as protocol error. Problem
607 noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
608 Properly define two functions in libsm as static because their
609 prototype used static too. Patch from Peter Klein.
610 Fix syntax errors in helpfile for MAIL and RCPT commands.
611 LIBMILTER: When smfi_replacebody() is called with bodylen equals
612 zero then do not silently ignore that call. Patch from
613 Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
614 LIBMILTER: Recognize "421" also in a multi-line reply to terminate
615 the SMTP session with that error. Fix from Brian Kantor.
616 Portability: New option HASSNPRINTF which can be set if the OS
617 has a properly working snprintf(3) to get rid
618 of the last two (safe) sprintf(3) calls in the
620 Add support for AIX 5.3.
621 Add support for SunOS 5.11 (aka Solaris 11).
622 Add support for Darwin 8.x. Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg.
623 OpenBSD 3.7 has removed support for NETISO.
624 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd6) for FreeBSD 6.X.
625 Set DontBlameSendmail to AssumeSafeChown and
626 GroupWritableDirPathSafe for OSTYPE(darwin).
627 Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg.
628 Some features still used 4.7.1 as enhanced status code which
629 was supposed to be eliminated in 8.13.0 because some
630 broken systems misinterpret it as a permanent error.
631 Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute.
632 Some default values in a generated cf file did not match
633 the defaults in the sendmail binary. Problem noted
636 cf/ostype/freebsd6.m4
638 devtools/OS/Darwin.8.x
639 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.11
642 8.13.4/8.13.4 2005/03/27
643 The bug fixes in 8.13.3 for connection handling uncovered a
644 different error which could result in connections that
645 stay in CLOSE_WAIT state due to a variable that was not
646 properly initialized. Problem noted by Michael Sims.
647 Deal with empty hostnames in hostsignature(). This bug could lead
648 to an endless loop when doing LMTP deliveries to another
649 host. Problem first reported by Martin Lathoud and
650 tracked down by Gael Roualland.
651 Make sure return parameters are initialized in getmxrr(). Problem
652 found by Gael Roualland using valgrind.
653 If shared memory is used and the RunAsUser option is set, then the
654 owner and group of the shared memory segment is set to
655 the ids specified RunAsUser and the access mode is set
656 to 0660 to allow for updates by sendmail processes.
657 The number of queue entries that is (optionally) kept in shared
658 memory was wrong in some cases, e.g., envelope splitting
659 and bounce generation.
660 Undo a change made in 8.13.0 to silently truncate long strings
661 in address rewriting because the message can be triggered
662 for header checks where long strings are legitimate.
663 Problem reported by Mary Verge DeSisto, and tracked
664 down with the help of John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
665 The internal stab map did not obey the -m flag. Patch from
666 Rob McMahon of Warwick University, England.
667 The socket map did not obey the -f flag. Problem noted by
668 Dan Ringdahl, forwarded by Andrzej Filip.
669 The addition of LDAP recursion in 8.13.0 broke enforcement of
670 the LDAP map -1 argument which tells the MTA to only
671 return success if and only if a single LDAP match is found.
672 Add additional error checks in the MTA for milter communication
673 to avoid a possible segmentation fault. Based on patch
675 Do not trigger an assertion if X509_digest() returns success but
676 does not assign a value to its output parameter. Based
677 on patch by Brian Kantor.
678 Add more checks when resetting internal AUTH data (applies only
679 to Cyrus SASL version 2). Otherwise an SMTP session might
680 be dropped after an AUTH failure.
682 Add LA_LONGLONG as valid LA_TYPE type for systems that use
683 "long long" to read load average data, e.g.,
684 AIX 5.1 in 32 bit mode. Note: this has to be set
685 "by hand", it is not (yet) automatically detected.
686 Problem noted by Burak Bilen.
687 Use socklen_t for accept(), etc. on AIX 5.x. This should
688 fix problems when compiling in 64 bit mode.
689 Problem first reported by Harry Meiert of
690 University of Bremen.
696 8.13.3/8.13.3 2005/01/11
697 Enhance handling of I/O errors, especially EOF, when STARTTLS
699 Make sure a connection is not reused after it has been closed
700 due to a 421 error. Problem found by Allan E Johannesen
701 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
702 Avoid triggering an assertion when sendmail is interrupted while
703 closing a connection. Problem found by Allan E Johannesen
704 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
705 Regression: a change in 8.13.2 caused sendmail not to try the
706 next MX host (or FallbackMXhost if configured) when, at
707 connection open, the current server returns a 4xy or 5xy
708 SMTP reply code. Problem noted by Mark Tranchant.
710 8.13.2/8.13.2 2004/12/15
711 Do not split the first header even if it exceeds the internal
712 buffer size. Previously a part of such a header would
713 end up in the body of the message. Problem noted by
714 Simple Nomad of BindView.
715 Do not complain about "cataddr: string too long" when checking
716 headers that do not contain RFC 2822 addresses.
717 Problem noted by Rich Graves of Brandeis University.
718 If a server returns a 421 reply to the RSET command between
719 message deliveries, do not attempt to deliver any more
720 messages on that connection. This prevents bogus "Bad
721 file number" recipient status. Problem noted by
722 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
723 Allow trailing white space in EHLO command as recommended by RFC
724 2821. Problem noted by Ralph Santagato of SBC Services.
725 Deal with clients which use AUTH but negotiate a smaller buffer size
726 for data exchanges than the value used by sendmail, e.g.,
727 Cyrus IMAP lmtp server. Based on patch by Jamie Clark.
728 When passing ESMTP arguments for RCPT to a milter, do not cut
729 them off at a comma. Problem noted by Krzysztof Oledzki.
730 Add more logging to milter change header functions to
731 complement existing logging. Based on patch from
732 Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
733 Include <lber.h> in include/sm/config.h when LDAPMAP is defined.
734 Patch from Edgar Hoch of the University of Stuttgart.
735 Fix DNS lookup if IPv6 is enabled when converting an IP address
736 to a hostname for use with SASL. Problem noted by Ken Jones;
737 patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO.
738 CONFIG: For consistency enable MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS for the prog
739 mailer. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
740 LIBMILTER: It was possible that xxfi_abort() was called after
741 xxfi_eom() for a message if some timeouts were triggered.
742 Patch from Alexey Kravchuk.
743 LIBMILTER: Slightly rearrange mutex use in listener.c to allow
744 different threads to call smfi_opensocket() and smfi_main().
745 Patch from Jordan Ritter of Cloudmark.
746 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting. Problem
747 noted by Nelson Fung.
748 MAIL.LOCAL: make strip-mail.local used a wrong path to access
749 mail.local. Problem noted by William Park.
750 VACATION: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting. Problem noted
753 Add support for DragonFly BSD.
755 cf/ostype/dragonfly.m4
756 devtools/OS/DragonFly
757 include/sm/os/sm_os_dragonfly.h
761 8.13.1/8.13.1 2004/07/30
762 Using the default AliasFile ldap: specification would cause the
763 objectClasses of the LDAP response to be included in the
764 alias expansion. Problem noted by Brenden Conte of
765 Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
766 Fix support for a fallback smart host for system where DNS is
767 (partially) available. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
768 Fix SuperSafe=PostMilter behavior when a milter replaces a body
769 but the data file is not yet stored on disk because it is
770 smaller than the size of the memory buffer. Problem noted
772 Fix certificate revocation list support; if a CRL was specified
773 but the other side presented a cert that was signed by
774 a different (trusted) CA than the one which issued the CRL,
775 verification would always fail. Problem noted by Al Smith.
776 Run mailer programs as the RunAsUser when RunAsUser is set and
777 the F=S mailer flag is set without a U= mailer equate.
778 Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of Proofpoint.
779 ${nbadrcpts} was off by one if BadRcptThrottle is zero.
780 Patch from Sung-hoon Choi of DreamWiz Inc.
781 CONFIG: Emit a warning if FEATURE(`access_db') is used after
782 FEATURE(`greet_pause') because then the latter will not
783 use the access map. Note: if no default value is given
784 for FEATURE(`greet_pause') then it issues an error if
785 FEATURE(`access_db') is not specified before it.
786 Problem noted by Alexander Dalloz of University of
788 CONFIG: Invoke ruleset Local_greet_pause if FEATURE(`greet_pause')
789 is used to give more flexibility for local changes.
791 Fix a 64 bit problem in the socket map code. Problem
792 noted by Geoff Adams.
793 NetBSD 2.0F has closefrom(3). Patch from Andrew Brown.
794 NetBSD can use sysctl(3) to get the number of CPUs in
795 a system. Patch from Andrew Brown.
796 Add a README file in doc/op/ to explain potential
797 incompatibilities with various *roff related
798 tools. Problem tracked down by Per Hedeland.
802 8.13.0/8.13.0 2004/06/20
803 Do not include AUTH data in a bounce to avoid leaking confidential
804 information. See also cf/README about MSP and the section
805 "Providing SMTP AUTH Data when sendmail acts as Client".
806 Problem noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
808 Fix compilation error in libsm/clock.c for -D_FFR_SLEEP_USE_SELECT=n
809 and -DSM_CONF_SETITIMER=0. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi
810 of RUS University of Stuttgart.
811 Fix bug in conversion from 8bit to quoted-printable. Problem found
812 by Christof Haerens, patch from Per Hedeland.
813 Add support for LDAP recursion based on types given to attribute
814 specifications in an LDAP map definition. This allows
815 LDAP queries to return a new query, a DN, or an LDAP
816 URL which will in turn be queried. See the ``LDAP
817 Recursion'' section of doc/op/op.me for more information.
818 Based on patch from Andrew Baucom.
819 Extend the default LDAP specifications for AliasFile
820 (O AliasFile=ldap:) and file classes (F{X}@LDAP) to
821 include support for LDAP recursion via new attributes.
822 See ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section
823 of cf/README for more information.
824 New option for LDAP maps: the -w option allows you to specify the
825 LDAP API/protocol version to use. The default depends on
827 New option for LDAP maps: the -H option allows you to specify an
828 LDAP URI instead of specifying the LDAP server via -h host
829 and -p port. This also allows for the use of LDAP over
830 SSL and connections via named sockets if your LDAP
832 New compile time flag SM_CONF_LDAP_INITIALIZE: set this if
833 ldap_initialize(3) is available (and LDAPMAP is set).
834 If MaxDaemonChildren is set and a command is repeated too often
835 during a SMTP session then terminate it just like it is
836 done for too many bad SMTP commands.
837 Basic connection rate control support has been added: the daemon
838 maintains the number of incoming connections per client
839 IP address and total in the macros {client_rate} and
840 {total_rate}, respectively. These macros can be used
841 in the cf file to impose connection rate limits.
842 A new option ConnectionRateWindowSize (default: 60s)
843 determines the length of the interval for which the
844 number of connections is stored. Based on patch from
845 Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des Mines de Paris.
846 Add optional protection from open proxies and SMTP slammers which
847 send SMTP traffic without waiting for the SMTP greeting.
848 If enabled by the new ruleset greet_pause (see
849 FEATURE(`greet_pause')), sendmail will wait the specified
850 amount of time before sending the initial 220 SMTP
851 greeting. If any traffic is received before then, a 554
852 SMTP response is sent and all SMTP commands are rejected
853 during that connection.
854 If 32 NOOP (or unknown/bad) commands are issued by a client the SMTP
855 server could sleep for a very long time. Fix based on
856 patch from Tadashi Kobayashi of IIJ.
857 Fix a potential memory leak in persistent queue runners if the
858 number of entries in the queue exceeds the limit of jobs.
859 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of University of Washington.
860 Do not use 4.7.1 as enhanced status code because some broken systems
861 misinterpret it as a permanent error.
862 New value for SuperSafe: PostMilter which will delay fsync() until
863 all milters accepted the mail. This can increase
864 performance if many mails are rejected by milters due to
865 body scans. Based on patch from David F. Skoll.
866 New macro {msg_id} which contains the value of the Message-Id:
867 header, whether provided by the client or generated by
869 New macro {client_connections} which contains the number of open
870 connections in the SMTP server for the client IP address.
871 Based on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des
873 sendmail will now remove its pidfile when it exits. This was done
874 to prevent confusion caused by running sendmail stop
875 scripts two or more times, where the second and subsequent
876 runs would report misleading error messages about sendmail's
877 pid no longer existing. See section 1.3.15 of doc/op/op.me
878 for a discussion of the implications of this, including
879 how to correct broken scripts which may have depended on
880 the old behavior. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
881 Support per-daemon input filter lists which override the default
882 filter list specified in InputMailFilters. The filters
883 can be listed in the I= equate of DaemonPortOptions.
884 Do not add all domain prefixes of the hostname to class 'w'. If
885 your configuration relies on this behavior, you have to
886 add those names to class 'w' yourself. Problem noted
888 Support message quarantining in the mail queue. Quarantined
889 messages are not run on normal queue displays or runs
890 unless specifically requested with -qQ. Quarantined queue
891 files are named with an hf prefix instead of a qf prefix.
892 The -q command line option now can specify which queue to display
893 or run. -qQ operates on quarantined queue items. -qL
894 operates on lost queue items.
895 Restricted mail queue runs and displays can be done based on the
896 quarantined reason using -qQtext to run or display
897 quarantined items if the quarantine reason contains the
898 given text. Similarly, -q!Qtext will run or display
899 quarantined items which do not have the given text in the
901 Items in the queue can be quarantined or unquarantined using the
902 new -Q option. See doc/op/op.me for more information.
903 When displaying the quarantine mailq with 'mailq -qQ', the
904 quarantine reason is shown in a new line prefixed by
906 A new error code for the $#error mailer, $@ quarantine, can be used
907 to quarantine messages in check_* (except check_compat) and
908 header check rulesets. The $: of the mailer triplet will
909 be used for the quarantine reason.
910 Add a new quarantine count to the mailstats collected.
911 Add a new macro ${quarantine} which is the quarantine reason for a
912 message if it is quarantined.
913 New map type "socket" for a trivial query protocol over UNIX domain
914 or TCP sockets (requires compile time option SOCKETMAP).
915 See sendmail/README and doc/op/op.me for details as well as
916 socketmapServer.pl and socketmapClient.pl in contrib.
917 Code donated by Bastiaan Bakker of LifeLine Networks.
918 Define new macro ${client_ptr} which holds the result of the PTR
919 lookup for the client IP address. Note: this is the same
920 as ${client_name} if and only if ${client_resolve} is OK.
921 Add a new macro ${nbadrcpts} which contains the number of bad
922 recipients received so far in a transaction.
923 Call check_relay with the value of ${client_name} to deal with bogus
924 DNS entries. See also FEATURE(`use_client_ptr'). Problem
925 noted by Kai Schlichting.
926 Treat Delivery-Receipt-To: headers the same as Return-Receipt-To:
927 headers (turn them into DSNs). Delivery-Receipt-To: is
928 apparently used by SIMS (Sun Internet Mail System).
929 Enable connection caching for LPC mailers. Patch from Christophe
930 Wolfhugel of France Telecom Oleane.
931 Do not silently truncate long strings in address rewriting.
932 Add support for Cyrus SASL version 2. From Kenneth Murchison of
934 Add a new AuthOption=m flag to require the use of mechanisms which
935 support mutual authentication. From Kenneth Murchison of
937 Fix logging of TLS related problems (introduced in 8.12.11).
938 The macros {auth_author} and {auth_authen} are stored in xtext
939 format just like the STARTTLS related macros to avoid
940 problems with parsing them. Problem noted by Pierangelo
941 Masarati of SysNet s.n.c.
942 New option AuthRealm to set the authentication realm that is
943 passed to the Cyrus SASL library. Patch from Gary Mills
944 of the University of Manitoba.
945 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS verification was
946 successful, otherwise relaying would be allowed if
947 EXTERNAL is listed in TRUST_AUTH_MECH() and STARTTLS
949 Add basic support for certificate revocation lists. Note: if a
950 CRLFile is specified but the file is unusable, STARTTLS
951 is disabled. Based on patch by Ralf Hornik.
952 Enable workaround for inconsistent Cyrus SASLv1 API for mechanisms
953 DIGEST-MD5 and LOGIN.
954 Write pid to file also if sendmail only acts as persistent queue
955 runner. Proposed by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
956 Keep daemon pid file(s) locked so other daemons don't try to
957 overwrite each other's pid files.
958 Increase maximum length of logfile fields for {cert_subject} and
959 {cert_issuer} from 128 to 256. Requested by Christophe
960 Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
961 Log the TLS verification message on the STARTTLS= log line at
962 LogLevel 12 or higher.
963 If the MSP is invoked with the verbose option (-v) then it will
964 try to use the SMTP command VERB to propagate this option
965 to the MTA which in turn will show the delivery just like
966 it was done before the default 8.12 separation of MSP and
967 MTA. Based on patch by Per Hedeland.
968 If a daemon is refusing connections for longer than the time specified
969 by the new option RejectLogInterval (default: 3 hours) due
970 to high load, log this information. Patch from John Beck
972 Remove the ability for non-trusted users to raise the value of
973 CheckpointInterval on the command line.
974 New mailer flag 'B' to strip leading backslashes, which is a
975 subset of the functionality of the 's' flag.
976 New mailer flag 'W' to ignore long term host status information.
977 Patch from Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
978 Enable generic mail filter API (milter) by default. To turn
979 it off, add -DMILTER=0 to the compile time options.
980 An internal SMTP session discard flag was lost after an RSET/HELO/EHLO
981 causing subsequent messages to be sent instead of being
982 discarded. This also caused milter callbacks to be called
983 out of order after the SMTP session was reset.
984 New option RequiresDirfsync to turn off the compile time flag
985 REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime. See sendmail/README for
987 New command line option -D logfile to send debug output to
988 the indicated log file instead of stdout.
989 Add Timeout.queuereturn.dsn and Timeout.queuewarn.dsn to control
990 queue return and warning times for delivery status
992 New queue sort order option: 'n'one for not sorting the queue entries
994 Several more return values for ruleset srv_features have been added
995 to enable/disable certain features in the server per
996 connection. See doc/op/op.me for details.
997 Support for SMTP over SSL (smtps), activated by Modifier=s
998 for DaemonPortOptions.
999 Continue with DNS lookups on ECONNREFUSED and TRY_AGAIN when
1000 trying to canonify hostnames. Suggested by Neil Rickert
1001 of Northern Illinois University.
1002 Add support for a fallback smart host (option FallbackSmartHost) to
1003 be tried as a last resort after all other fallbacks. This
1004 is designed for sites with partial DNS (e.g., an accurate
1005 view of inside the company, but an incomplete view of
1006 outside). From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1007 Enable timeout for STARTTLS even if client does not start the TLS
1008 handshake. Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1009 Remove deprecated -v option for PH map, use -k instead. Patch from
1010 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1011 libphclient is version 1.2.x by default, if version 1.1.x is required
1012 then compile with -DNPH_VERSION=10100. Patch from Mark Roth
1013 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1014 Add Milter.macros.eom, allowing macros to be sent to milter
1015 applications for use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
1016 New macro {time} which contains the output of the time(3) function,
1017 i.e., the number of seconds since 0 hours, 0 minutes,
1018 0 seconds, January 1, 1970, Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
1019 If check_relay sets the reply code to "421" the SMTP server will
1020 terminate the SMTP session with a 421 error message.
1021 Get rid of dead code that tried to access the environment variable
1023 Deprecate the use of ErrorMode=write. To enable this in 8.13
1024 compile with -DUSE_TTYPATH=1.
1025 Header check rulesets using $>+ (do not strip comments) will get
1026 the header value passed in without balancing quotes,
1027 parentheses, and angle brackets. Based on patch from
1029 Do not complain and fix up unbalanced quotes, parentheses, and
1030 angle brackets when reading in rulesets. This allows
1031 rules to be written for header checks to catch strings
1032 that contain quotes, parentheses, and/or angle brackets.
1033 Based on patch from Oleg Bulyzhin.
1034 Do not close socket when accept(2) in the daemon encounters
1035 some temporary errors like ECONNABORTED.
1036 Added list of CA certificates that are used by members of the
1037 sendmail consortium, see CACerts.
1039 Two new compile options have been added:
1040 HASCLOSEFROM System has closefrom(3).
1041 HASFDWALK System has fdwalk(3).
1042 Based on patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1043 The Linux kernel version 2.4 series has a broken flock() so
1044 change to using fcntl() locking until they can fix
1045 it. Be sure to update other sendmail related
1046 programs to match locking techniques.
1047 New compile time option NEEDINTERRNO which should be set
1048 if <errno.h> does not declare errno itself.
1049 Support for UNICOS/mk and UNICOS/mp added, some changes for
1050 UNICOS. Patches contributed by Aaron Davis and
1051 Brian Ginsbach, Cray Inc., and Manu Mahonen of
1052 Center for Scientific Computing.
1053 Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
1054 Extend support to Darwin 7.x/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
1055 Remove path from compiler definition for Interix because
1056 Interix 3.0 and 3.5 put gcc in different locations.
1057 Also use <sys/mkdev.h> to get the correct
1058 major()/minor() definitions. Based on feedback
1059 from Mark Funkenhauser.
1060 CONFIG: Add support for LDAP recursion to the default LDAP searches
1061 for maps via new attributes. See the ``USING LDAP FOR
1062 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README and
1063 cf/sendmail.schema for more information.
1064 CONFIG: Make sure confTRUSTED_USER is valid even if confRUN_AS_USER
1065 is of the form "user:group" when used for submit.mc.
1066 Problem noted by Carsten P. Gehrke, patch from Neil Rickert
1067 of Northern Illinois University.
1068 CONFIG: Add a new access DB value of QUARANTINE:reason which
1069 instructs the check_* (except check_compat) to quarantine
1070 the message using the given reason.
1071 CONFIG: Use "dns -R A" as map type for dnsbl (just as for enhdnsbl)
1072 instead of "host" to avoid problem with looking up other
1073 DNS records than just A.
1074 CONFIG: New option confCONNECTION_RATE_WINDOW_SIZE to define the
1075 length of the interval for which the number of incoming
1076 connections is maintained.
1077 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ratecontrol') to set the limits for connection
1078 rate control for individual hosts or nets.
1079 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`conncontrol') to set the limits for the
1080 number of open SMTP connections for individual hosts or nets.
1081 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`greet_pause') enables open proxy and SMTP
1082 slamming protection described above. The feature can
1083 take an argument specifying the milliseconds to wait and/or
1084 use the access database to look the pause time based on
1085 client hostname, domain, IP address, or subnet.
1086 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`use_client_ptr') to have check_relay use
1087 $&{client_ptr} as its first argument. This is useful for
1088 rejections based on the unverified hostname of client,
1089 which turns on the same behavior as in earlier sendmail
1090 versions when delay_checks was not in use. See also entry
1091 above about check_relay being invoked with ${client_name}.
1092 CONFIG: New option confREJECT_LOG_INTERVAL to specify the log
1093 interval when refusing connections for this long.
1094 CONFIG: Remove quotes around usage of confREJECT_MSG; in some cases
1095 this requires a change in a mc file. Requested by
1096 Ted Roberts of Electronic Data Systems.
1097 CONFIG: New option confAUTH_REALM to set the authentication realm
1098 that is passed to the Cyrus SASL library. Patch from
1099 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
1100 CONFIG: Rename the (internal) classes {tls}/{src} to {Tls}/{Src}
1101 to follow the naming conventions.
1102 CONFIG: Add a third optional argument to local_lmtp to specify
1104 CONFIG: Remove the f flag from the default mailer flags of
1106 CONFIG: New option confREQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC to turn off the compile
1107 time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime.
1108 CONFIG: New LOCAL_UUCP macro to insert rules into the generated
1109 cf file at the same place where MAILER(`uucp') inserts
1111 CONFIG: New options confTO_QUEUERETURN_DSN and confTO_QUEUEWARN_DSN
1112 to control queue return and warning times for delivery
1113 status notifications.
1114 CONFIG: New option confFALLBACK_SMARTHOST to define FallbackSmartHost.
1115 CONFIG: Add the mc file which has been used to create the cf
1116 file to the end of the cf file when using make in cf/cf/.
1117 Patch from Richard Rognlie.
1118 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) has been removed, it was a no-op since 8.9.
1119 Use ServiceSwitchFile to turn off DNS lookups, see
1121 CONFIG: New option confMILTER_MACROS_EOM (sendmail Milter.macros.eom
1122 option) defines macros to be sent to milter applications for
1123 use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
1124 CONFIG: New option confCRL to specify file which contains
1125 certificate revocations lists.
1126 CONFIG: Add a new value (sendertoo) for the third argument to
1127 FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which will reject the SMTP
1128 MAIL From: command if the sender address doesn't exist
1129 in LDAP. See cf/README for more information.
1130 CONFIG: Add a fifth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
1131 instructs the rulesets on whether or not to do a domain
1132 lookup if a full address lookup doesn't match. See cf/README
1133 for more information.
1134 CONFIG: Add a sixth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
1135 instructs the rulesets on whether or not to queue the mail
1136 or give an SMTP temporary error if the LDAP server can't be
1137 reached. See cf/README for more information. Based on
1138 patch from Billy Ray Miller of Caterpillar.
1139 CONFIG: Experimental support for MTAMark, see cf/README for details.
1140 CONFIG: New option confMESSAGEID_HEADER to define a different
1141 Message-Id: header format. Patch from Bastiaan Bakker
1142 of LifeLine Networks.
1143 CONTRIB: New version of cidrexpand which uses Net::CIDR. From
1145 CONTRIB: oldbind.compat.c has been removed due to security problems.
1146 Found by code inspection done by Reasoning, Inc.
1147 DEVTOOLS: Add an example file for devtools/Site/, contributed
1148 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1149 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_quarantine() which allows the
1150 filter's EOM routine to quarantine the current message.
1151 Filters which use this function must include the
1152 SMFIF_QUARANTINE flag in the registered smfiDesc structure.
1153 LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421", the SMTP server
1154 will terminate the SMTP session with that error.
1155 LIBMILTER: Upon filter shutdown, libmilter will not remove a
1156 named socket in the file system if it is running as root.
1157 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_progress() which allows the filter
1158 to notify the MTA that an EOM operation is still in progress,
1159 resetting the timeout.
1160 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_opensocket() which allows the filter
1161 to attempt to establish the interface socket, and detect
1162 failure to do so before calling smfi_main().
1163 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_setmlreply() which allows the
1164 filter to return a multi-line SMTP reply.
1165 LIBMILTER: Deal with more temporary errors in accept() by ignoring
1166 them instead of stopping after too many occurred.
1167 Suggested by James Carlson of Sun Microsystems.
1168 LIBMILTER: Fix a descriptor leak in the sample program found in
1169 docs/sample.html. Reported by Dmitry Adamushko.
1170 LIBMILTER: The sample program also needs to use SMFIF_ADDRCPT.
1171 Reported by Carl Byington of 510 Software Group.
1172 LIBMILTER: Document smfi_stop() and smfi_setdbg(). Patches
1173 from Bryan Costales.
1174 LIBMILTER: New compile time option SM_CONF_POLL; define this if
1175 poll(2) should be used instead of select(2).
1176 LIBMILTER: New function smfi_insheader() and related protocol
1177 amendments to support header insertion operations.
1178 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for hashed mail directories, see
1179 mail.local/README. Contributed by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
1180 Informations Services.
1181 MAILSTATS: Display quarantine message counts.
1182 MAKEMAP: Add new flag -D to specify the comment character to use
1184 VACATION: Add new flag -j to auto-respond to messages regardless of
1185 whether or not the recipient is listed in the To: or Cc:
1187 VACATION: Add new flag -R to specify the envelope sender address
1188 for the auto-response message.
1191 cf/feature/conncontrol.m4
1192 cf/feature/greet_pause.m4
1193 cf/feature/mtamark.m4
1194 cf/feature/ratecontrol.m4
1195 cf/feature/use_client_ptr.m4
1197 cf/ostype/unicosmk.m4
1198 cf/ostype/unicosmp.m4
1199 contrib/socketmapClient.pl
1200 contrib/socketmapServer.pl
1201 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
1202 devtools/OS/UNICOS-mk
1203 devtools/OS/UNICOS-mp
1204 devtools/Site/site.config.m4.sample
1205 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicos.h
1206 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmk.h
1207 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmp.h
1208 libmilter/docs/smfi_insheader.html
1209 libmilter/docs/smfi_progress.html
1210 libmilter/docs/smfi_quarantine.html
1211 libmilter/docs/smfi_setdbg.html
1212 libmilter/docs/smfi_setmlreply.html
1213 libmilter/docs/smfi_stop.html
1217 contrib/oldbind.compat.c
1218 devtools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
1219 devtools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
1222 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 => devtools/OS/Darwin.7.x
1224 8.12.11/8.12.11 2004/01/18
1225 Use QueueFileMode when opening qf files. This error was a
1226 regression in 8.12.10. Problem detected and diagnosed
1227 Lech Szychowski of the Polish Power Grid Company.
1228 Properly count the number of queue runners in a work group and
1229 make sure the total limit of MaxQueueChildren is not
1230 exceeded. Based on patch from Takayuki Yoshizawa of
1232 Take care of systems that can generate time values where the
1233 seconds can exceed the usual range of 0 to 59.
1234 Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
1235 Avoid regeneration of identical queue identifiers by processes
1236 whose process id is the same as that of the initial
1237 sendmail process that was used to start the daemon.
1238 Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
1239 When a milter invokes smfi_delrcpt() compare the supplied
1240 recipient address also against the printable addresses
1241 of the current list to deal with rewritten addresses.
1242 Based on patch from Sean Hanson of The Asylum.
1243 BadRcptThrottle now also works for addresses which return the
1244 error mailer, e.g., virtusertable entries with the
1245 right hand side error:. Patch from Per Hedeland.
1246 Fix printing of 8 bit characters as octals in log messages.
1247 Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1248 Undo change of algorithm for MIME 7-bit base64 encoding to 8-bit
1249 text that has been introduced in 8.12.3. There are some
1250 examples where the new code fails, but the old code works.
1251 To get the 8.12.3-8.12.10 version, compile sendmail with
1252 -DMIME7TO8_OLD=0. If you have an example of improper
1253 7 to 8 bit conversion please send it to us.
1254 Return normal error code for unknown SMTP commands instead of
1255 the one specified by check_relay or a milter for a
1256 connection. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1257 Some ident responses contain data after the terminating CRLF which
1258 causes sendmail to log "POSSIBLE ATTACK...newline in string".
1259 To avoid this everything after LF is ignored.
1260 If the operating system supports O_EXLOCK and HASFLOCK is set
1261 then a possible race condition for creating qf files
1262 can be avoided. Note: the race condition does not
1263 exist within sendmail, but between sendmail and an
1264 external application that accesses qf files.
1265 Log the proper options name for TLS related mising files for
1266 the CACertPath, CACertFile, and DHParameters options.
1267 Do not split an envelope if it will be discarded, otherwise df
1268 files could be left behind. Problem found by Wolfgang
1270 The use of the environment variables HOME and HOSTALIASES has been
1271 deprecated and will be removed in version 8.13. This only
1272 effects configuration which preserve those variable via the
1273 'E' command in the cf file as sendmail clears out its entire
1276 Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
1277 Solaris 10 has unsetenv(), patch from Craig Mohrman of
1279 LIBMILTER: Add extra checks in case a broken MTA sends bogus data
1280 to libmilter. Based on code review by Rob Grzywinski.
1281 SMRSH: Properly assemble commands that contain '&&' or '||'.
1282 Problem noted by Eric Lee of Talking Heads.
1284 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
1286 8.12.10/8.12.10 2003/09/24 (Released: 2003/09/17)
1287 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing. Problem
1288 detected by Michal Zalewski, patch from Todd C. Miller
1289 of Courtesan Consulting.
1290 Fix a potential buffer overflow in ruleset parsing. This problem
1291 is not exploitable in the default sendmail configuration;
1292 only if non-standard rulesets recipient (2), final (4), or
1293 mailer-specific envelope recipients rulesets are used then
1294 a problem may occur. Problem noted by Timo Sirainen.
1295 Accept 0 (and 0/0) as valid input for set MaxMimeHeaderLength.
1296 Problem noted by Thomas Schulz.
1297 Add several checks to avoid (theoretical) buffer over/underflows.
1298 Properly count message size when performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME
1299 conversions. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1300 Properly compute message priority based on size of entire message,
1301 not just header. Problem noted by Axel Holscher.
1302 Reset SevenBitInput to its configured value between SMTP
1303 transactions for broken clients which do not properly
1304 announce 8 bit data. Problem noted by Stefan Roehrich.
1305 Set {addr_type} during queue runs when processing recipients.
1306 Based on patch from Arne Jansen.
1307 Better error handling in case of (very unlikely) queue-id conflicts.
1308 Perform better error recovery for address parsing, e.g., when
1309 encountering a comment that is too long. Problem noted by
1310 Tanel Kokk, Union Bank of Estonia.
1311 Add ':' to the allowed character list for bogus HELO/EHLO
1312 checking. It is used for IPv6 domain literals. Patch from
1313 Iwaizako Takahiro of FreeBit Co., Ltd.
1314 Reset SASL connection context after a failed authentication attempt.
1315 Based on patch from Rob Siemborski of CMU.
1316 Check Berkeley DB compile time version against run time version
1317 to make sure they match.
1318 Do not attempt AAAA (IPv6) DNS lookups if IPv6 is not enabled
1320 When a milter adds recipients and one of them causes an error,
1321 do not ignore the other recipients. Problem noted by
1323 CONFIG: Use specified SMTP error code in mailertable entries which
1324 lack a DSN, i.e., "error:### Text". Problem noted by
1326 CONFIG: Call Local_trust_auth with the correct argument. Patch
1327 from Jerome Borsboom.
1328 CONTRIB: Better handling of temporary filenames for doublebounce.pl
1329 and expn.pl to avoid file overwrites, etc. Patches from
1330 Richard A. Nelson of Debian and Paul Szabo.
1331 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix obscure race condition that could lead to an
1332 improper mailbox truncation if close() fails after the
1333 mailbox is fsync()'ed and a new message is delivered
1334 after the close() and before the truncate().
1335 MAIL.LOCAL: If mail delivery fails, do not leave behind a
1336 stale lockfile (which is ignored after the lock timeout).
1337 Patch from Oleg Bulyzhin of Cronyx Plus LLC.
1339 Port for AIX 5.2. Thanks to Steve Hubert of University
1340 of Washington for providing access to a computer
1342 setreuid(2) works on OpenBSD 3.3. Patch from
1343 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
1344 Allow for custom definition of SMRSH_CMDDIR and SMRSH_PATH
1345 on all operating systems. Patch from Robert Harker
1347 Use strerror(3) on Linux. If this causes a problem on
1348 your Linux distribution, compile with
1349 -DHASSTRERROR=0 and tell sendmail.org about it.
1353 8.12.9/8.12.9 2003/03/29
1354 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
1355 a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
1356 remotely exploitable. Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
1357 Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
1358 data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
1360 To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
1361 8.12.9 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
1362 headers etc. To turn off this conversion compile with
1363 -DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
1364 To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
1365 performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
1366 for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
1367 Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
1368 protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
1369 To disable the checks and return to pre-8.12.9 defaults,
1370 set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
1371 Do not complain about -ba when submitting mail. Problem noted
1372 by Derek Wueppelmann.
1373 Fix compilation with Berkeley DB 1.85 on systems that do not
1374 have flock(2). Problem noted by Andy Harper of Kings
1376 Properly initialize data structure for dns maps to avoid various
1377 errors, e.g., looping processes. Problem noted by
1378 Maurice Makaay of InterNLnet B.V.
1379 CONFIG: Prevent multiple application of rule to add smart host.
1380 Patch from Andrzej Filip.
1381 CONFIG: Fix queue group declaration in MAILER(`usenet').
1382 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: New option -t builds the virtusertable
1383 text file instead of the database map.
1385 Revert wrong change made in 8.12.7 and actually use the
1386 builtin getopt() version in sendmail on Linux.
1387 This can be overridden by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0
1388 in which case the OS supplied version will be used.
1390 8.12.8/8.12.8 2003/02/11
1391 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
1392 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
1393 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd
1395 Fix a potential non-exploitable buffer overflow in parsing the
1396 .cf queue settings and potential buffer underflow in
1397 parsing ident responses. Problem noted by Yichen Xie of
1398 Stanford University Compilation Group.
1399 Fix ETRN #queuegroup command: actually start a queue run for
1400 the selected queue group. Problem noted by Jos Vos.
1401 If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set and a malformed MIME header is fixed,
1402 log the fixup as "Fixed MIME header" instead of "Truncated
1403 MIME header". Problem noted by Ian J Hart.
1404 CONFIG: Fix regression bug in proto.m4 that caused a bogus
1405 error message: "FEATURE() should be before MAILER()".
1406 MAIL.LOCAL: Be more explicit in some error cases, i.e., whether
1407 a mailbox has more than one link or whether it is not
1408 a regular file. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1410 8.12.7/8.12.7 2002/12/29
1411 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
1412 across various connections. This could cause session
1413 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
1414 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted
1415 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
1416 Do not lookup MX records when sorting the MSP queue. The MSP
1417 only needs to relay all mail to the MTA. Problem found
1418 by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
1419 Do not restrict the length of connection information to 100
1420 characters in some logging statements. Problem noted by
1422 When converting an enhanced status code to an exit status, use
1423 EX_CONFIG if the first digit is not 2, 4, or 5 or if *.1.5
1425 Reset macro $x when receiving another MAIL command. Problem
1426 noted by Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
1427 Don't bother setting the permissions on the build area statistics
1428 file, the proper permissions will be put on the file at
1429 install time. This fixes installation over NFS for some
1430 users. Problem noted by Martin J. Dellwo of 3-Dimensional
1431 Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
1432 Fix problem of decoding SASLv2 encrypted data. Problem noted by
1433 Alex Deiter of Mobile TeleSystems, Komi Republic.
1434 Log milter socket open errors at MilterLogLevel 1 or higher instead
1436 Print early system errors to the console instead of silently
1437 exiting. Problem noted by James Jong of IBM.
1438 Do not process a queue group if Runners is set to 0, regardless
1439 of whether F=f or sendmail is run in verbose mode (-v).
1440 The use of -qGname will still force queue group "name"
1441 to be run even if Runners=0.
1442 Change the level for logging the fact that a daemon is refusing
1443 connections due to high load from LOG_INFO to LOG_NOTICE.
1444 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1445 Use location information for submit.cf from NetInfo
1446 (/locations/sendmail/submit.cf) if available.
1447 Re-enable ForkEachJob which was lost in 8.12.0. Problem noted by
1448 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1449 Make behavior of /canon in debug mode consistent with usage in
1450 rulesets. Patch from Shigeno Kazutaka of IIJ.
1451 Fix a potential memory leak in envelope splitting. Problem noted
1452 by John Majikes of IBM.
1453 Do not try to share an mailbox database LDAP connection across
1454 different processes. Problem noted by Randy Kunkee.
1455 Fix logging for undelivered recipients when the SMTP connection
1456 times out during message collection. Problem noted by Neil
1457 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1458 Avoid problems with QueueSortOrder=random due to problems with
1459 qsort() on Solaris (and maybe some other operating systems).
1460 Problem noted by Stephan Schulz of Gruner+Jahr..
1461 If -f "" is specified, set the sender address to "<>". Problem
1462 noted by Matthias Andree.
1463 Fix formatting problem of footnotes for plain text output on some
1464 versions of tmac. Patch from Per Hedeland.
1466 Berkeley DB 4.1 support (requires at least 4.1.25).
1467 Some getopt(3) implementations in GNU/Linux are broken
1468 and pass a NULL pointer to an option which requires
1469 an argument, hence the builtin version of
1470 sendmail is used instead. This can be overridden
1471 by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0. Problem noted by
1472 Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
1473 Support for nph-1.2.0 from Mark D. Roth of the University
1474 of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1475 Support for FreeBSD 5.0's MAC labeling from Robert Watson
1476 of the TrustedBSD Project.
1477 Support for reading the number of processors on an IRIX
1478 system from Michel Bourget of SGI.
1479 Support for UnixWare 7.1 based on input from Larry Rosenman.
1480 Interix support from Nedelcho Stanev of Atlantic Sky
1482 Update Mac OS X/Darwin portability from Wilfredo Sanchez.
1483 CONFIG: Enforce tls_client restrictions even if delay_checks
1484 is used. Problem noted by Malte Starostik.
1485 CONFIG: Deal with an empty hostname created via bogus
1486 DNS entries to get around access restrictions.
1487 Problem noted by Kai Schlichting.
1488 CONFIG: Use FEATURE(`msp', `[127.0.0.1]') in submit.mc by default
1489 to avoid problems with hostname resolution for localhost
1490 which on many systems does not resolve to 127.0.0.1 (or
1491 ::1 for IPv6). If you do not use IPv4 but only IPv6 then
1492 you need to change submit.mc accordingly, see the comment
1494 CONFIG: Set confDONT_INIT_GROUPS to True in submit.mc to avoid
1495 error messages from initgroups(3) on AIX 4.3 when sending
1496 mail to non-existing users. Problem noted by Mark Roth of
1497 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1498 CONFIG: Allow local_procmail to override local_lmtp settings.
1499 CONFIG: Always allow connections from 127.0.0.1 or IPv6:::1 to
1501 CONTRIB: cidrexpand: Deal with the prefix tags that may be included
1503 CONTRIB: New version of doublebounce.pl contributed by Leo Bicknell.
1504 LIBMILTER: On Solaris libmilter may get into an endless loop if
1505 an error in the communication from/to the MTA occurs.
1506 Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
1507 LIBMILTER: Ignore EINTR from sigwait(3) which may happen on Tru64.
1508 Patch from from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole
1509 Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1510 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
1511 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
1513 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a potential file descriptor leak if mkstemp(3)
1514 fails. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1515 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
1516 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of
1522 8.12.6/8.12.6 2002/08/26
1523 Do not add the FallbackMXhost (or its MX records) to the list
1524 returned by the bestmx map when -z is used as option.
1525 Otherwise sendmail may act as an open relay if FallbackMXhost
1526 and FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') are used together.
1527 Problem noted by Alexander Ignatyev.
1528 Properly split owner- mailing list messages when SuperSafe is set
1529 to interactive. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
1530 Courtesan Consulting.
1531 Make sure that an envelope is queued in the selected queue group
1532 even if some recipients are deleted or invalid. Problem
1533 found by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
1534 Do not send a bounce message if a message is completely collected
1535 from the SMTP client. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
1536 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1537 Provide an 'install-submit-st' target for sendmail/Makefile to
1538 install the MSP statistics file using the file named in the
1539 confMSP_STFILE devtools variable. Requested by Jeff
1540 Earickson of Colby College.
1541 Queue up mail with a temporary error if setusercontext() fails
1542 during a delivery attempt. Patch from Todd C. Miller of
1543 Courtesan Consulting.
1544 Fix handling of base64 encoded client authentication data for
1545 SMTP AUTH. Patch from Elena Slobodnik of life medien GmbH.
1546 Set the OpenLDAP option LDAP_OPT_RESTART so the client libraries
1547 restart interrupted system calls. Problem noted by Luiz
1548 Henrique Duma of BSIOne.
1549 Prevent a segmentation fault if a program passed a NULL envp using
1551 Document a problem with the counting of queue runners that may
1552 cause delays if MaxQueueChildren is set too low. Problem
1553 noted by Ian Duplisse of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc.
1554 If discarding a message based on a recipient, don't try to look up
1555 the recipient in the mailbox database if F=w is set. This
1556 allows users to discard bogus recipients when dealing with
1557 spammers without tipping them off. Problem noted by Neil
1558 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1559 If applying a header check to a header with unstructured data,
1560 e.g., Subject:, then do not run syntax checks that are
1561 supposed for addresses on the header content.
1562 Count messages rejected/discarded via the check_data ruleset.
1564 Fix compilation on systems which do not allow simple
1565 copying of the variable argument va_list. Based on
1566 fix from Scott Walters.
1567 Fix NSD map open bug. From Michel Bourget of SGI.
1568 Add some additional IRIX shells to the default shell
1569 list. From Michel Bourget of SGI.
1570 Fix compilation issues on Mac OS X 10.2 (Darwin 6.0).
1571 NETISO support has been dropped.
1572 CONFIG: There was a seemingly minor change in 8.12.4 with respect
1573 to handling entries of IP nets/addresses with RHS REJECT.
1574 These would be rejected in check_rcpt instead of only
1575 being activated in check_relay. This change has been made to
1576 avoid potential bogus temporary rejection of relay attempts
1577 "450 4.7.1 Relaying temporarily denied. Cannot resolve PTR
1578 record for ..." if delay_checks is enabled. However, this
1579 modification causes a change of behavior if an IP net/address
1580 is listed in the access map with REJECT and a host/domain
1581 name is listed with OK or RELAY, hence it has been reversed
1582 such that the behavior of 8.12.3 is restored. The original
1583 change was made on request of Neil Rickert of Northern
1584 Illinois University, the side effect has been found by
1585 Stefaan Van Hoornick.
1586 CONFIG: Make sure delay_checks works even for sender addresses
1587 using the local hostname ($j) or domains in class {P}.
1588 Based on patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
1590 CONFIG: Fix temporary error handling for LDAP Routing lookups.
1591 Fix from Andrzej Filip.
1592 CONTRIB: New version of etrn.pl script and external man page
1593 (etrn.0) from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1594 LIBMILTER: Protect a free(3) operation from being called with a
1595 NULL pointer. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1596 LIBMILTER: Protect against more interrupted select() calls. Based
1597 on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
1598 Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1602 8.12.5/8.12.5 2002/06/25
1603 SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user
1604 specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration
1605 file and a rogue DNS server is queried. None of the
1606 sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence
1607 they are not vulnerable. Problem noted independently by
1608 Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems.
1609 Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS
1610 map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems
1611 with rogue DNS servers.
1612 Require a suboption when setting the Milter option. Problem noted
1614 Do not silently overwrite command line settings for
1615 DirectSubmissionModifiers. Problem noted by Bryan
1617 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
1618 turning off alarms before checking if event list is
1619 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
1620 Polytechnic Institute.
1621 Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered
1622 file onto disk. From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems.
1624 Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later
1625 to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by
1626 rmail and vacation. Problem noted by Kevin
1627 A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware.
1628 NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again. Unless
1629 the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped,
1630 8.13 will change the default locking method to
1631 fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later. You may
1632 want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with
1633 -DHASFLOCK=0. Be sure to update other sendmail
1634 related programs to match locking techniques.
1636 8.12.4/8.12.4 2002/06/03
1637 SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model
1638 can leave systems open to a local denial of service
1639 attack. Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS"
1640 section of the top level README for more information.
1641 Problem noted by lumpy.
1642 Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile
1644 Change the default file permissions for new alias database files
1645 from 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time
1646 by setting the DBMMODE macro.
1647 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
1648 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
1650 Expand macros before passing them to libmilter. Problem noted
1651 by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
1652 Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1653 Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter
1654 replaces the body of a message. Problem noted by Gisle Aas
1656 Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the
1657 initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554. Patches
1658 from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1659 Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by
1660 inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength
1661 is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed. Based on
1662 patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic).
1663 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection
1664 is rejected anyway. Noted by Chris Loelke.
1665 Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page. Requested
1666 by Bill Fenner of AT&T.
1667 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
1669 Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to
1670 user who started sendmail.
1671 If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if
1672 the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space. Suggested
1673 by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus.
1674 Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths
1675 if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and
1676 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options
1677 are set. Problem noted by Werner Spirk of
1678 Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich.
1680 Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not
1681 be able to use Milter's body replacement feature.
1682 This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX.
1683 Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be
1684 non-compliant. Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of
1685 Charles University in Prague.
1686 The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared
1688 CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map.
1689 Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1690 CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with
1691 FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail
1692 to be misaddressed. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1693 CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that
1694 fail for AAAA queries. Problem noted by Chris Boyd.
1695 CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking
1696 the sender address. This allows locally submitted mail to
1697 be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver
1698 and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself. Problem
1699 noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project.
1700 CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode}
1701 macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used. Problem
1702 noted by Bryan Costales.
1703 CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no
1704 matches are found. Fix from Andrzej Filip.
1705 CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message. Suggested
1706 by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd.
1707 CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2. Contributed by
1708 Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1709 CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to
1711 DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file,
1712 confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially
1713 installing the sendmail statistics file.
1714 LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case
1715 a user's filter starts other applications.
1716 LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate
1717 functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL.
1718 MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from
1719 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time
1720 by setting the DBMMODE macro.
1721 SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR.
1722 Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University.
1723 VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show
1724 bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses. Problem
1725 noted by Bryan Costales.
1727 cf/mailer/cyrusv2.m4
1729 8.12.3/8.12.3 2002/04/05
1730 NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups
1731 are used. In previous versions this could cause mail
1732 not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved
1733 by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back
1734 into the right place. Some precautions have been taken
1735 to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary.
1736 sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it
1737 may store the path of data files in queue files. Hence
1738 queue files should not be moved unless those internals
1739 are understood and the integrity of the files is not
1740 compromised. Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia
1742 If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different
1743 queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail
1744 to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is
1745 triggered. Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen
1747 Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget
1748 running queues. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.
1749 Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions.
1750 Problem noted by Guy Feltin.
1751 Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter
1752 read and write timeouts. Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of
1754 Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive. Problem
1755 noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
1756 If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to
1757 the RunAsUser group. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
1758 Northern Illinois University.
1759 Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path
1760 contains a trailing slash. Based on patch from Dirk Meyer
1762 Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually
1763 4096). Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
1764 Polytechnic Institute.
1765 Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data
1766 if several mails are sent in one session and some of them
1767 do not have a From: header. Problem noted by Bas Haakman.
1768 Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection
1769 will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero.
1770 Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University.
1771 Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection.
1772 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1773 Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure. Based on
1774 patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1775 Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch
1777 Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by
1778 a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used.
1779 Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web.
1780 Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges.
1781 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1782 Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial
1783 connect fails and DialDelay is set. Patch from Servaas
1784 Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven.
1785 Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running
1786 a set-user-ID (non-root) program. Problem noted by Jon
1787 Lusky of ISS Atlanta.
1788 Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue
1789 directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list
1790 which has an owner- alias. Problem noted by Anne Bennett
1791 of Concordia University.
1792 Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified. Problem
1793 found by Mario Nigrovic.
1794 The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed
1795 incoming messages. A leading dot is always stripped by the
1796 SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by
1797 another dot. Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com.
1798 Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or
1799 base64 encoding to 8-bit text. Problem noted by Mark
1801 Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections.
1802 Instead of being the exact same number as the total number
1803 of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the
1804 total number of TCP connections.
1805 Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially
1806 non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary.
1807 Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere.
1808 Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers
1809 are used. Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian.
1810 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
1811 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
1813 Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421
1815 Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was
1816 only done in one place: queue group creation). Based on
1817 patch by Bryan Costales.
1818 Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short
1819 timeouts. Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada.
1820 Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote
1821 responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O
1822 errors. By doing so, the host was marked as having a
1823 temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was
1824 queued for the next queue run. Problem noted by Fletcher
1825 Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of
1826 Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU,
1827 and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1828 Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers
1829 which drop the connection instead of responding to the
1832 Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is
1834 Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X. That platform
1835 now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR
1836 settings. Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of
1838 Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin. Problem
1840 Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0.
1841 Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX. From
1842 Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard.
1843 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for
1844 SMTP AUTH information. This feature was actually added in
1845 8.12.0 but a release note was not included.
1846 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
1847 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
1849 CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using
1850 FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain'). Problem noted by
1852 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias
1853 initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP.
1854 CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp')
1855 is in use. Patch from Andrzej Filip.
1856 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of
1857 `localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers.
1858 This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified,
1859 i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless
1860 it is embedded in square brackets. Problem noted by
1861 Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies.
1862 CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in
1863 submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps. This is a compromise
1864 to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the
1865 default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog
1866 time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the
1867 user's $TZ setting. Problem noted by Mark Roth of the
1868 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed
1869 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1870 CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID
1871 binary. Adjust local mailer flags accordingly. Problem
1873 CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around
1874 if queue groups are used.
1875 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild.
1876 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket.
1877 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command.
1878 Suggested by Bryan Costales.
1879 DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs.
1880 LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket
1881 structure that is passed to xxfi_connect(). Notice:
1882 this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have
1883 this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port
1884 values depending on the endianness of the involved systems.
1885 Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState.
1886 LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but
1887 SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply. Do the
1888 same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned.
1889 LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as
1890 required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins
1891 da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1892 LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define. Set
1893 this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include
1895 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
1896 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
1897 SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems. Problem
1898 noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH.
1899 VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases. Based
1900 on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California,
1902 VACATION: Don't ignore -C option. Based on patch by Bryan Costales.
1903 VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page. Problem noted by
1906 libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html
1908 8.12.2/8.12.2 2002/01/13
1909 Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing
1910 at startup, only log an error message.
1911 Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character
1912 following -b) has been specified.
1913 Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the
1914 permissions or owner of hoststatus files. Problem noted
1915 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1916 Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status.
1917 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat
1919 Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent
1920 SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command.
1921 Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico
1922 Institute of Mining and Technology.
1923 Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body
1924 chunk sent by a filter. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
1925 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1926 In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in
1927 the message size calculation. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
1928 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1929 Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon
1930 needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes.
1931 Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
1932 Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad
1933 commands are issued. This makes it consistent with normal
1935 Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections. Problem noted by
1936 William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining
1938 Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the
1939 message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822
1940 source route. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1941 Meteorological Institute.
1942 Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address
1943 parsing. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web
1945 For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize
1946 that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile
1947 time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF,
1948 and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for
1949 regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file
1950 types, respectively.
1951 Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at
1952 exactly the same time. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks
1954 Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the
1955 alias file, not just for include/.forward files.
1956 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1957 Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup.
1958 Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1959 Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same
1960 process are closed. Patch from Taso N. Devetzis.
1961 If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected
1962 directories. Patch from Alexander Talos of the University
1964 Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks. Patch from David Powell
1965 of Sun Microsystems.
1966 Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset.
1967 This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client
1968 with servers that do not support realms when using
1969 CRAM-MD5. Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin.
1970 Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the
1971 server gets stuck while processing that command. Problem
1972 noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
1973 In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during
1974 command line invocations log them to make it simpler
1975 to understand possible DSNs to postmaster.
1976 Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set.
1977 Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections
1978 instead of forcing localhost.
1979 Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and
1980 submit.cf. Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig.
1981 Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1. Problem
1982 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1983 If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly
1984 dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop
1985 sending commands. This prevents bogus "Bad file number"
1986 recipient status. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
1987 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1988 Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's
1989 almost always too small; do not guess the size at all.
1990 New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC. Requested by James Seagraves of
1991 Compaq Computer Corp.
1992 Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works
1993 properly. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia
1996 Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X. Based on
1997 patch provided by HP.
1998 Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a
1999 working seteuid() call. From Daniel J. Luke.
2000 Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX. From Ganu
2002 Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX.
2003 Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11. This
2004 fixes a problem that caused additional bogus
2005 characters to be written to the qf file. Problem
2006 noted by Tapani Tarvainen.
2007 Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare. Problem noted
2008 by Boyd Lynn Gerber.
2009 Add support for HP MPE/iX. See sendmail/README for port
2010 information. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
2011 New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON,
2012 USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK. See sendmail/README
2013 for more information. From Mark Bixby of
2015 If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space
2016 (SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space.
2017 From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
2018 Add support for AIX 5.1. From Valdis Kletnieks of
2020 Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP. From Hisanori Gogota
2021 of the NTT/InterCommunication Center.
2022 Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string.
2023 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2024 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed
2025 UUCP from the base operating system. From Mark Murray of
2026 FreeBSD Services, Ltd.
2027 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX
2028 systems. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
2029 CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers.
2030 Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of
2032 CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4. Problem noted by
2034 CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and
2035 confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp). From Mark Bixby of
2037 LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after
2038 libmilter terminated. Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev
2040 LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking.
2041 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
2043 LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX. Patch from Larry Rosenman.
2044 LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt
2045 to free memory twice.
2046 LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library.
2047 Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley
2048 of Sun Microsystems.
2049 LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when
2050 terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP
2051 example code. Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the
2052 University of Athens.
2054 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf
2055 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc
2056 cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4
2060 include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h
2063 8.12.1/8.12.1 2001/10/01
2064 SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded
2065 to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by
2066 supplying bogus data. Add configuration options for
2067 different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid. Problem
2068 found by Michal Zalewski.
2069 PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra
2070 privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag)
2071 during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is
2072 used. Suggested by Michal Zalewski.
2073 Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files.
2074 Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
2075 Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP
2076 delivery. LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or
2077 STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets.
2078 If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default
2079 values for configuration file and pid file but also the
2080 selected values. Problem noted by Brad Chapman.
2081 Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL
2082 errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time
2083 if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set. Previously
2084 this only applied to hostname canonification. Problem
2085 noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research.
2086 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
2087 canonical name for a host.
2088 When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command
2089 line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.) to mail submission
2090 operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.). Idea based on
2091 suggestion from Michal Zalewski.
2093 AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version.
2094 `uname` does not given complete information.
2095 Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna
2097 OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local).
2098 Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX.
2099 Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass
2100 integers. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
2101 Courtesan Consulting.
2102 CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize
2103 problems with potential misconfigurations.
2104 CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount. Problem
2105 noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and
2106 Technology Organisation of Australia.
2107 CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case
2108 of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists
2110 LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by
2111 Richard A. Nelson of Debian.
2112 LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it. Problem noted
2113 by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
2114 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
2116 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
2117 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from
2118 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
2128 include/sm/sysstat.h
2130 8.12.0/8.12.0 2001/09/08
2131 *NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use
2132 set-user-ID root anymore. You need to create a new user and
2133 a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by
2134 default). The installation process tries to install
2135 /etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by
2136 default. Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details.
2137 SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include:
2138 files. These checks can be turned off if absolutely
2139 necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new
2141 GroupWritableForwardFile
2142 WorldWritableForwardFile
2143 GroupWritableIncludeFile
2144 WorldWritableIncludeFile
2145 Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska,
2146 SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode. Suggested
2147 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
2149 Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump
2150 point where the variable could become overused for more than
2151 one timeout concurrently. This erroneous behavior resulted in
2152 a corrupted stack causing a core dump. The timeout is now
2153 handled via libsm. Problem noted by Michael Shapiro,
2154 John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems.
2155 If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission
2156 checks (group ID of RunAsUser). This allows use of a
2157 set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission
2158 and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed. For details
2159 see sendmail/SECURITY.
2160 Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label.
2161 Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc.
2162 If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf
2163 with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file. See
2165 New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue
2166 files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID
2167 sendmail binary. See sendmail/SECURITY.
2168 The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default),
2169 -bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it
2170 is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible). This selection
2171 can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf
2172 file: client or mta). See sendmail/SECURITY.
2173 The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command. The ONEX
2174 command has been removed.
2175 Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920. It can be turned off
2176 at compile time or per host (ruleset).
2177 New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database
2178 used to look up local mail recipients; the default value
2179 is "pw", which means to use getpwnam(). New mailbox database
2180 types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c.
2181 Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters
2182 long, to accomodate envelope splitting. File systems with
2183 a 14 character file name length limit are no longer
2185 Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by
2186 hostsignature (character string version of MX RR). This orders
2187 recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller
2188 portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole
2189 list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking. The
2190 significance of the change is better the larger the recipient
2191 list. Hostsignature is now created during recipient list
2192 creation rather than just before delivery.
2193 Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking. Previous
2194 piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail
2195 piggybacking. Rather than complete MX RR matching
2196 (coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value
2197 preference matches (coattail).
2198 If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will
2199 try other MX hosts if available.
2200 DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for
2201 outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication.
2202 New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable
2203 AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions). Based
2204 on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
2205 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used.
2206 A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side
2207 authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo.
2208 Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be
2209 removed in future versions.
2210 Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554
2211 requires 334. Mercury 1.48 is a known offender.
2212 Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength
2213 for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL). See
2214 doc/op/op.me for details.
2215 Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject},
2216 {cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that
2217 signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash
2218 of the presented certificate, respectively.
2219 New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS.
2220 New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the
2221 server per connection. See doc/op/op.me for details.
2222 New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular
2223 recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure
2224 enough on a per recipient basis.
2225 New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server
2227 If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the
2229 New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off
2230 using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail.
2231 Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file.
2232 Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2233 Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if
2234 really required. This change results in a noticable
2235 performance gains on most machines. Moreover, if shared
2236 memory is in use, reuse the key several times.
2237 Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with
2238 the same behavior together. See doc/op/op.me for details.
2239 If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater
2240 than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they
2241 are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope
2242 splitting. If the mail is submitted directly from the
2243 command line, then the value also limits the number of
2244 processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are
2245 created they are only queued up and must be taken care of
2247 The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file
2248 system each queue directory resides in.
2249 All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent.
2250 New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files.
2251 Add parallel queue runner code. Allows multiple queue runners per work
2252 group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment
2253 collected together) to process the same work list at the
2255 Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently
2256 active queue runner processes.
2257 New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue
2258 runners per queue group.
2259 Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows
2260 the pattern to be negated. For -qI, -qR and -qS it is
2261 permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members
2262 of the queue that match during processing.
2263 New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of
2264 periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single
2265 child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue
2266 runs. A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this
2267 persistent queue runner.
2268 The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a
2269 sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval:
2271 New option NiceQueueRun to set the priority of queue runners.
2272 Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
2273 sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q
2274 unless the new -qf option or -v is used.
2275 QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if
2276 several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention.
2277 QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time
2278 of the qf file (older entries first).
2279 Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows
2280 a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail
2281 should be delivered. New option DeliverByMin added to set the
2282 minimum amount of time or disable the extension.
2283 Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are
2284 not allowed unless escaped or quoted.
2285 Add support for a generic DNS map. Based on a patch contributed
2286 by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on
2287 work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer
2288 Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of
2289 Technology, Stockholm, Sweden.
2290 MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost. To use the old
2291 behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets.
2292 Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
2293 Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used
2294 for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set
2295 via SharedMemoryKey. This minimizes the number of system
2296 calls to check the available space. See doc/op/op.me for
2298 If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print
2299 the number of entries in the queue(s).
2300 Enable generic mail filter API (milter). See libmilter/README
2301 and the usual documentation for details.
2302 Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10.
2303 Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as
2305 Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR. Use an MSA instead.
2306 New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is
2307 an envelope sender or recipient address. Suggested by
2308 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2309 Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout),
2310 -r (number of retries).
2311 New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a
2312 separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute
2313 and value separated by the given separator.
2314 Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and)
2316 If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces''
2317 (errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped.
2318 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and
2319 GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files.
2320 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax
2321 requirements for files containing secret keys. This is
2322 necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used.
2323 Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for
2324 filenames with spaces).
2325 Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames.
2326 Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc:
2327 {if_name_out} hostname of interface of outgoing connection.
2328 {if_addr_out} address of interface of outgoing connection.
2329 {if_family_out} family of interface of outgoing connection.
2330 The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong
2331 to the loopback net.
2332 Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients.
2333 DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'. Patch from
2334 Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
2335 New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for
2336 an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command.
2337 New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for
2338 all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed.
2339 Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once
2340 a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option
2341 BadRcptThrottle). From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD
2343 New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages
2344 exceeds the specified value. The default of 0 does not
2345 change the previous behavior. A value greater than 0
2346 will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most
2347 SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that
2348 load average is exceeded.
2349 Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of
2350 recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer.
2351 This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines
2352 the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100).
2353 Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2354 Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0').
2355 Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead.
2356 The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone. Use [IPC]
2358 IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC]
2359 builtin mailer pathnames. Use TCP instead.
2360 PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the
2361 old libqiapi library. Contributed by Mark Roth of the
2362 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2363 New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags}
2364 for direct (command line) submissions.
2365 New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in
2366 case of failures. Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun
2367 Hagino of the KAME Project.
2368 Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers
2369 whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:.
2370 Proposed by Andrzej Filip.
2371 Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing
2372 STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level
2373 9 or higher. Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP
2374 AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries.
2375 Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format
2377 Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given
2378 (at LogLevel 9/10 or higher).
2379 Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher.
2380 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections
2381 in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or
2382 TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway.
2383 Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for
2384 DSNs ("old id: new id: clone"). Suggested by Ulrich Windl
2385 of the Universitat Regensburg.
2386 Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including
2387 assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories,
2388 exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools,
2389 portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O
2390 package. It will at some point replace libsmutil.
2391 See libsm/index.html for details.
2392 Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken
2393 care of by fork() and exit().
2394 Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls. Allows for
2395 more consistent portablity amongst different platforms
2396 new and old (from new libsm).
2397 Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two
2398 ('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf').
2399 Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's.
2400 New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used
2401 together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk
2402 synchronizations calls.
2403 Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output.
2404 T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail.
2405 When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS"
2406 too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info).
2407 sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories.
2408 See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me
2410 Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors
2411 such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses. The DSNs
2412 generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform).
2413 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
2414 Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error
2415 mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the
2416 SMTP dialogue. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2417 Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems
2418 that do not have postmaster defined. If an email was sent
2419 from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and
2420 in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable,
2421 then that email had been delivered in each queue run.
2422 Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita
2423 degli Studi dell'Insubria.
2424 The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed,
2425 i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now.
2426 Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and
2427 higher. Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
2428 New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA. When
2429 attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers
2430 will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6)
2431 lookups. If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new
2432 flag. Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and
2433 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at
2435 Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}(). Problem
2436 noted by Joy Latten of IBM.
2437 ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second
2438 to each daemon individually, not the overall number of
2440 Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force
2441 sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the
2442 ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of
2444 Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command. If
2445 the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a
2446 '|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the
2447 rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup. This
2448 allows classes to be filled via a map lookup. See op.me
2449 for more syntax information. Specifically, this can be
2450 used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read
2451 the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR
2452 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an
2454 The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for
2455 the default schema used in the above two items.
2456 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a
2457 warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class
2458 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path.
2459 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning
2460 if a program being run from a mailer or file class
2461 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable.
2462 Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w}
2463 hostnames. Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback"
2464 (without quotes) will disable this and return to the
2465 pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces.
2466 Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC.
2467 In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple
2469 Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each
2470 possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing
2471 connections. Restrictions placed on one family only affect
2472 outgoing connections on that particular family. Because of
2473 this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the
2474 connection is established. Based on patch from Motonori
2475 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2476 PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges
2477 when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root
2478 nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases,
2479 forwards, or :include: files. It also will override the -v
2480 (verbose) command line option.
2481 If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface
2482 address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall
2483 back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set).
2484 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2485 New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input:
2486 number of recipients). Based on patch from Mark Roth of
2487 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2488 Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985. The queue group
2489 can be specified using the '#' option character. For
2490 example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'.
2491 If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the
2492 current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback
2493 servers. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of
2495 Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501
2496 because 501 is not allowed on all commands.
2497 The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be
2498 replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
2499 and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail
2501 The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed. Use the ldap map
2503 Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the
2504 "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For example,
2505 if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to
2506 class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4].
2507 Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the
2508 MTA is running. For example, during a queue run.
2509 Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the
2510 RES_USE_INET6 resolver option. Based on patch from Rick
2512 The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too
2513 many "light weight" commands have been received are now
2514 configurable during compile time. The current values and
2516 MAXBADCOMMANDS 25 unknown commands
2517 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
2518 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO
2519 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN
2520 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN
2521 Setting a value to 0 disables the check. Patch from Bryan
2522 Costales of SL3D, Inc.
2523 The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if
2524 ${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty.
2525 Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used
2526 in headers. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2527 Meteorological Institute.
2528 Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce
2529 messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses
2530 which are not delivered on the initial attempt.
2531 Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after
2532 the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future
2533 deliveries. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2534 New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for
2535 file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory
2536 if the meta-data in it has been changed. This should be
2537 set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux.
2538 See sendmail/README for further information.
2539 Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if
2540 sendmail is signaled to terminate. Problem noted by
2541 Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
2542 Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the
2543 envelope is initialized. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
2544 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2545 Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue. Fix
2546 from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink.
2547 Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of
2548 temporary errors. Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of
2551 Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character
2552 filenames and is outdated anyway. Suggested by
2553 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2554 Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR,
2555 i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group
2556 of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set
2557 optimization limit to 0 (unlimited). Based on patch
2558 from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari
2559 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2560 Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under
2561 Solaris 8 and later.
2562 Add support for OpenUNIX.
2563 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10.
2564 CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf.
2565 CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc.
2566 CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt).
2567 CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with
2568 temporary lookup failures.
2569 CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default
2570 action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names
2572 CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or
2573 relay address as long as the other part allows the email
2575 CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter
2576 "%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an
2577 entry like user+*@domain. This allows handling of details by
2578 using %1%3 as the RHS. Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been
2579 introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses.
2580 CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed
2581 and hence there is no required order within the MAILER
2582 section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come
2583 after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used.
2584 CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G}
2585 (GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated
2586 as canonical. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2587 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup
2588 in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually
2589 terminates check_* ruleset checking.
2590 CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset
2591 tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details.
2592 CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether
2593 STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version}
2594 cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})".
2595 CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks')
2596 options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable
2597 specification of whole domains instead of just users.
2598 Notice: this change is not backward compatible.
2599 Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
2600 CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see
2601 cf/README for details.
2602 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in
2603 the access map. Proposed by Randall Winchester of the
2604 University of Maryland.
2605 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for
2606 the local mailer. Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online.
2607 CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default
2608 messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access
2609 map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively.
2610 CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument
2611 to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one.
2612 Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem
2614 CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific
2615 options, see doc/op/op.me for details.
2616 CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for
2617 the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).
2618 CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated
2620 CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which
2621 allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups.
2622 See cf/README for details.
2623 CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for
2624 temporary lookup failures.
2625 CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for
2626 Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension.
2627 CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared
2629 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting
2630 of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the
2631 string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain,
2632 in the access map. Based on code contributed by Mathias
2633 Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd.
2634 CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user
2635 file. Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2636 CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered
2637 via LMTP. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2638 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of
2639 the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used.
2640 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the
2641 +detail portion of the address when passing address to
2642 local delivery agent. Disables alias and .forward +detail
2643 stripping. Only use if LDA supports this.
2644 CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl').
2645 CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE()
2646 which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP
2647 Routing lookups. Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the
2648 masquerade domain name for lookups. See cf/README for
2650 CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
2651 instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being
2652 looked up has +detail information. See cf/README for more
2654 CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look
2655 up the new routing address/host in the mailertable. Based
2656 on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau.
2657 CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing
2658 is in use and the bounce option is enabled. Only reject
2659 recipients as user unknown.
2660 CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map
2661 features. See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS''
2662 section of cf/README for more information.
2663 CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster}
2664 macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING
2665 LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''.
2666 CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(),
2667 which takes the options as argument and can be used
2668 multiple times; see cf/README for details.
2669 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options:
2670 confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE BadRcptThrottle
2671 confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS DirectSubmissionModifiers
2672 confMAILBOX_DATABASE MailboxDatabase
2673 confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN MaxQueueChildren
2674 confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE MaxRunnersPerQueue
2675 confNICE_QUEUE_RUN NiceQueueRun
2676 confQUEUE_FILE_MODE QueueFileMode
2677 confFAST_SPLIT FastSplit
2678 confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS TLSSrvOptions
2679 See above (and related documentation) for further information.
2680 CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options:
2681 confTO_ACONNECT Timeout.aconnect
2682 confTO_AUTH Timeout.auth
2683 confTO_LHLO Timeout.lhlo
2684 confTO_STARTTLS Timeout.starttls
2685 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API:
2686 confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS InputMailFilters
2687 confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL Milter.LogLevel
2688 confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT Milter.macros.connect
2689 confMILTER_MACROS_HELO Milter.macros.helo
2690 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM Milter.macros.envfrom
2691 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT Milter.macros.envrcpt
2692 Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and
2693 MAIL_FILTER(). See libmilter/README, cf/README, and
2694 doc/op/op.me for details.
2695 CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains.
2696 See cf/README for details. Based on patch by Motonori
2697 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2698 CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the
2700 CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups.
2701 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based
2702 on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient.
2703 CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed
2704 by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For
2705 example, if you want to use the IPv6 address
2706 2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need
2707 to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side.
2708 This affects the access database as well as the
2709 relay-domains and local-host-names files.
2710 CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux).
2711 CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST.
2712 CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading
2713 exceptions from a file. Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of
2714 Mississippi State University.
2715 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users
2716 (LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file.
2717 CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4
2718 which allows to lookup error codes in the access map.
2719 Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2720 DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library
2721 files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP,
2722 confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN.
2723 DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off
2724 installation of the the formatted man pages on operating
2725 systems which don't include cat directories.
2726 EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap.
2727 MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
2728 local mail recipients. New option -D mbdb specifies the
2729 mailbox database type.
2730 MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to
2731 deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home
2732 directory instead of the system mail spool area. Based on
2733 patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net.
2734 MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but
2735 doesn't truncate the statistics file.
2736 MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter
2737 instead of white space.
2738 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
2739 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2740 Meteorological Institute.
2741 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later.
2742 VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to
2743 auto-replied. From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
2744 VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout
2746 VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login
2747 in the password file. The -f and -m options must be used
2748 to specify the database and message file since there is no
2749 home directory for the default settings for these options.
2750 VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
2751 local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option
2752 from the sendmail.cf file. New option -C cffile which
2753 specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file.
2760 cf/feature/authinfo.m4
2761 cf/feature/compat_check.m4
2762 cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4
2764 cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4
2765 cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4
2766 cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4
2767 cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4
2768 cf/feature/queuegroup.m4
2770 contrib/dnsblaccess.m4
2771 devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4
2772 devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386
2783 sendmail/sm_resolve.c
2784 sendmail/sm_resolve.h
2790 include/sendmail/cdefs.h
2791 include/sendmail/errstring.h
2792 include/sendmail/useful.h
2793 libsmutil/errstring.c
2794 sendmail/bf_portable.c
2795 sendmail/bf_portable.h
2800 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc
2801 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf
2802 cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4
2804 8.11.7/8.11.7 2003/03/29
2805 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
2806 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
2807 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd
2809 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
2810 a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
2811 remotely exploitable. Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
2812 Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
2813 data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
2815 To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
2816 8.11.7 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
2817 headers etc. To turn off this conversion compile with
2818 -DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
2819 To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
2820 performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
2821 for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
2822 Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
2823 protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
2824 To disable the checks and return to pre-8.11.7 defaults,
2825 set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
2826 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
2827 across various connections. This could cause session
2828 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
2829 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted
2830 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
2831 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
2832 canonical name for a host.
2833 Fix a memory leak when closing Hesiod maps.
2834 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
2836 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
2837 turning off alarms before checking if event list is
2838 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
2839 Polytechnic Institute.
2840 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
2841 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
2843 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
2844 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
2846 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
2847 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
2849 CONFIG: Fix a syntax error in the try_tls ruleset if
2850 FEATURE(`access_db') is not enabled.
2851 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
2853 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
2854 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
2855 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
2856 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from
2857 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
2858 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
2859 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
2861 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
2862 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of
2865 8.11.6/8.11.6 2001/08/20
2866 SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying
2867 out-of-bounds debug parameters. Problem detected by
2868 Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus.
2869 Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs. This could
2870 happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been
2871 scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout
2872 is reached such that several DSNs are sent next. Problem
2873 noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard.
2874 Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many
2875 wildcard operators in a rule. Problem detected by
2877 Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups. Problem
2878 noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca
2880 8.11.5/8.11.5 2001/07/31
2881 Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart
2882 the daemon. This could terminate the current process without
2883 starting a new daemon. Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha
2884 of SE Netway Communications.
2885 Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or
2886 the command line. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
2887 When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system
2888 which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back
2889 to looking up only IPv4 addresses. Problem noted by Tim
2890 Bosserman of EarthLink.
2891 When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP
2892 Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response.
2893 Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using
2894 IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be
2895 forged". Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo
2897 Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM. Problem noted by
2898 Greg King of the OAO Corporation.
2899 Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent
2900 out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent.
2901 Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope
2902 "header". Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the
2903 University at Albany.
2904 Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem
2905 noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
2906 Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override
2907 their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O
2908 Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts
2909 to 2 days. Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese.
2911 BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation. Problem
2912 noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
2913 BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?).
2914 Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
2915 BSD/OS has fchown(2). Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline
2916 2000 Internet Solutions Inc.
2917 Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3). From Sebastian
2918 Hagedorn of Cologne University.
2919 CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses
2920 (user@[IPv6:address]). Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou.
2922 8.11.4/8.11.4 2001/05/28
2923 Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap
2924 corruption and other potential race conditions.
2925 Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be
2926 instantaneous due to this change. Also, non-root users can
2927 no longer send out-of-band signals. Problem reported by
2928 Michal Zalewski of BindView.
2929 If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an
2930 encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption
2931 strength. Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol.
2932 If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is
2933 different in those two lines, sendmail might not have
2934 recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms.
2935 Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3. Patch
2937 This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding
2938 QueueDirectory wildcards.
2939 If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close
2940 the same map again while exiting.
2941 Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via
2942 LMTP). Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University
2944 If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took
2945 to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce
2946 message would be lost. Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of
2947 Oklahoma State University.
2948 Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex
2949 and prog map types. Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of
2950 InTouch Systems, Inc.
2951 When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the
2952 other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection
2953 to the LDAP server. Patch from Victor Duchovni of
2955 To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the
2956 .pag file instead of the .dir file. Problem noted by Neil
2957 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2958 Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent. Patch
2959 from Werner Wiethege.
2960 If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket
2961 with the family set in that option. Patch from Sean Farley.
2962 Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer
2963 when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty
2964 recipient list. Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
2966 Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces. Problem noticed by Ulrich
2967 Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
2968 Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces. Problem noticed by
2969 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2971 OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation.
2972 CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back
2973 to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS.
2974 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X.
2975 DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source
2976 file name argument. Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2977 Meteorological Institute.
2978 DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD
2979 since it generates random process ids.
2980 PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings
2981 of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0').
2982 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2984 cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4
2986 8.11.3/8.11.3 2001/02/27
2987 Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the
2988 LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus
2989 option was used. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
2990 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2991 Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which
2992 could be too long if the last copied character was a quote.
2993 Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers
2994 communications consulting gmbh.
2995 Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from
2996 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2997 Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions
2998 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the
2999 connection came in from the command line.
3000 Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions
3001 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set. Patch from
3002 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3003 Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in
3004 check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure.
3005 Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk
3006 when they were committed.
3007 Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command.
3008 Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch.
3009 Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set
3010 to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may
3011 cause some rulesets to return wrong results. This would
3012 usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on.
3013 Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A=
3014 equate. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
3016 Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially
3017 fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before
3019 Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be
3020 opened where the "354" reply would normally be given.
3021 Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist
3022 in a queue run. Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo
3024 If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL,
3025 note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing
3026 "Deferred". Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
3028 If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully
3029 qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the
3030 hostname. Problem noted by David Bremner of the
3031 University of New Brunswick.
3033 Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO
3034 is in use. Problem noted by Auteria Wally
3035 Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition.
3036 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from
3037 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3038 OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3). OpenBSD 2.8 and
3039 higher has BSDI-style login classes. Patch from
3040 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
3041 Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if
3042 sendmail is being compiled with -kthread. Problem
3043 noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc.
3044 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and
3045 current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files.
3046 DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations.
3047 Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
3048 MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems
3049 storing the temporary message file until after the remote
3050 side has sent the final DATA termination dot. Problem
3051 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
3053 MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users
3054 are also specified on the command line. Patch from
3055 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3056 PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on
3057 database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree).
3059 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x
3061 8.11.2/8.11.2 2000/12/29
3062 Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in
3063 address test mode due to a negative array index. Audit
3064 other array indexing. This bug is not believed to be
3065 exploitable. Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
3066 Schools" project (IdS).
3067 Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using
3068 address test mode. This will be turned on in 8.12. It can
3069 be enabled by compiling with:
3070 APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS')
3071 in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file. Suggested by
3072 Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
3073 Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have
3074 caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5.
3075 When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read
3076 enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the
3077 sort sub-optimal. Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of
3079 Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per
3080 RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value.
3081 Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started.
3082 This implies that every change to SASL related files requires
3083 a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL
3084 mechanisms (in form of shared libraries).
3085 Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for
3086 a cached connection. Bug reported by Michael Kellen of
3088 Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the
3090 Include original length of bad field/header when reporting
3091 MaxMimeHeaderLength problems. Requested by Ulrich Windl of
3092 the Universitat Regensburg.
3093 Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in
3094 DeliveryMode queue. Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the
3095 University of Arizona.
3096 Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag. Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano
3097 of Collective Technologies.
3098 Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers
3099 to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly.
3100 Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet
3102 Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer
3103 definition. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3104 Meteorological Institute.
3105 Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from
3106 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3107 Fix return values for IRIX nsd map. From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3108 Meteorological Institute.
3109 Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions. Read all
3110 of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to
3111 interpret Addr= and Port=. Problem noted by Valdis
3112 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3113 When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call
3114 initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information.
3115 Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF.
3116 RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if
3117 created. Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon
3118 close. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
3119 Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of
3120 overall connections, not the number of connections per
3121 socket. A future version may change this to per socket
3124 Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms
3125 where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t). Problem
3126 noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS.
3127 Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris'
3128 whatis. From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc.
3129 UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support. From Larry
3131 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from
3132 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3133 Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and
3134 Solaris 2.5 or earlier. Problem noted by Bob Hughes
3136 Add preliminary support for AIX 5. Contributed by
3137 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3138 Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun
3140 CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r')
3141 is used. Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online,
3142 patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3143 CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for
3144 FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org.
3145 CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e.,
3146 implicitly assume canonical host names.
3147 CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db. Based on
3148 patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3149 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of
3151 CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched
3152 instead of making it worse. Problem noted by Motonori
3153 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3154 CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`).
3155 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error. Problem noted
3156 by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting
3158 CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them. From Mark
3159 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3160 DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4
3161 variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent
3162 namespace collisions. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura
3163 of Kyoto University.
3164 RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail. It
3165 causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for
3166 installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to
3167 another MTA. The change will re-appear in a future
3169 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X,
3170 and SunOS 5.8. Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
3171 College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3172 VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore.
3173 VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-*
3177 contrib/buildvirtuser
3180 8.11.1/8.11.1 2000/09/27
3181 Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single
3182 name. Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3183 Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly
3184 seeded. This problem only occurs on systems without
3185 /dev/urandom. Problem detected by Jan Krueger of
3186 digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and
3187 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3188 Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory
3190 Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent
3191 process may close the connection before the child process
3192 has completed. Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong
3193 Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang
3194 Hottgenroth of UUNET.
3195 Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to
3196 read the LDAP secret from a file.
3197 Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after
3198 the user submits the message and before the first delivery
3199 attempt completes. Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet.
3200 Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3201 Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is
3202 greater than 2^31. Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman
3204 Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero.
3205 Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as
3206 non-existent instead of treating it as /. Problem noted by
3207 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
3208 Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item. Problem
3209 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3210 Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot
3211 save rejected email anywhere". Problem noted by Marc G.
3212 Fournier of Acadia University.
3213 If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close
3214 the map so subsequent searches reopen the map. If there are
3215 multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and
3216 one of the others may be able to take over.
3217 Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the
3218 previous load average query result.
3219 If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened,
3220 return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client
3221 instead of ignoring the map. Problem noted by Allan E
3222 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3223 Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving
3224 the split envelopes before the original envelope.
3225 Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of
3226 defer if the PH server could not be contacted. From Mark
3227 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3228 Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and
3229 ETRN. Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet.
3230 Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and
3231 RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869. Problem
3232 reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University.
3233 Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS. Problem
3234 noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A.
3235 Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP
3236 client libraries. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the
3237 University of British Columbia.
3239 Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9}
3240 instead of defining it in conf.h so users can
3241 override the setting. Suggested by
3242 Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson.
3243 On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of
3244 /usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation. From
3245 Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College.
3246 On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which
3247 does not exist). From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
3249 Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x. From
3251 NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man. From
3252 Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter.
3253 Solaris 8 and later include /var/run. The default PID file
3254 location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid. From John
3255 Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3256 SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems
3257 which do not. From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan
3259 CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}.
3260 Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG.
3261 CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with
3262 errors in the MAIL address.
3263 CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files. Problem
3264 noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech.
3265 CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8).
3266 Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3267 CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add
3268 GECOS information for an address. This more closely
3269 matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior. From Per Hedeland of
3271 CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for
3272 SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay
3273 mailer as described in cf/README.
3274 MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas
3275 are obeyed. Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK.
3276 MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using
3277 makemap to 'unmake' the map.
3278 RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to
3280 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
3281 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3282 Meteorological Institute.
3283 VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals.
3284 VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single
3285 dot as the only character on the line.
3287 cf/ostype/solaris8.m4
3289 8.11.0/8.11.0 2000/07/19
3290 SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary
3291 (not the normal case), some operating systems will still
3292 keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries
3293 to drop all of its privileges. If sendmail needs to drop
3294 these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the
3295 saved-uid as well, exit with an error. Problem noted by
3296 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3297 SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string
3298 it populates. It is possible that some broken
3299 implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this.
3300 Systems in this category should compile with
3301 -DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1. Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your
3302 system and report broken implementations to
3303 sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor. Problem
3304 noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP.
3305 Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS).
3306 Implementation influenced by the example programs of
3307 OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus.
3308 Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile,
3309 ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile,
3310 ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile. These are documented in
3311 cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
3312 New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject},
3313 ${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify},
3314 ${server_name}, and ${server_addr}. These are documented
3315 in cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
3316 Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better
3318 New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which
3319 don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to
3320 try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems.
3321 Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which
3322 support encryption. Based on code contributed by Tim
3324 Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security
3326 LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z
3327 (delimiter) flag was not given. Problem noted by ST Wong of
3328 the Chinese University of Hong Kong. Fix from Mark Adamson
3330 Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's
3331 ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute().
3332 Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP.
3333 Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions. As
3334 documented, unless a family is specified in a
3335 DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default. It is
3336 also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set.
3337 Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets
3338 by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if
3339 they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces. Problem noted
3340 by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3341 Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect
3342 the interface information for an outgoing connection.
3343 Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket
3344 family and address used in subsequent connections if the
3345 M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions. Problem noted
3346 by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3347 If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket
3348 family based on the IP address. ${if_family} is no longer
3349 persistent (i.e., saved in qf files). Patch from John Beck
3350 of Sun Microsystems.
3351 sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family}
3352 macros for both the incoming interface address/family and
3353 the outgoing interface address/family. In order for M=b
3354 modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve
3355 the incoming information in the queue file for later
3357 Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in
3358 responses to commands. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of
3360 Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams
3361 to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc(). Problem
3362 noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3363 The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working.
3364 Problem noted by Ajay Matia.
3365 Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred
3366 but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be
3367 delivered when it really should have been queued. Problem
3368 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3369 Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting
3370 the SMTP transaction out of sync. Problem noted by Per
3371 Hedeland of Ericsson.
3372 Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT
3373 is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities
3374 between sfio and stdio. Problem noted by Neil Rickert
3375 of Northern Illinois University.
3376 Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log. Problem
3377 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3378 Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query
3380 If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure
3381 looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later
3382 attempt. Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo
3384 Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded
3385 as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the
3386 queue file and persistent host status. Problem noted by
3387 Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3388 Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists
3389 within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found).
3390 Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3391 Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the
3392 sender. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3393 If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and
3394 abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that
3395 states "<<< No Message Collected >>>".
3396 Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly
3397 restrictive. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark
3398 G. Thomas Consulting.
3399 Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident
3401 Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page.
3402 Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3403 Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have
3404 host portions (or there are no recipients). Problem noted
3405 by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3406 If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure
3407 only the first to open the connection is allowed to close
3408 it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for
3409 other maps. Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET.
3410 Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4
3411 authentication. Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the
3412 University of Mainz.
3413 Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed
3414 via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23.
3415 Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile. Omission
3416 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3418 Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class
3419 'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others). From Jun
3420 Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project.
3421 Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX.
3422 NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not
3423 work properly causing problems if the accept()
3424 fails and the socket needs to be reopened. Patch
3425 from Tom Moore of NCR.
3426 NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages. From
3427 Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security.
3428 Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED
3429 for calls to getipnodebyname(). The Linux
3430 implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped
3431 under Linux. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and
3432 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
3433 CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place.
3434 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3435 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
3436 confCACERT_PATH CACERTPath
3437 confCACERT CACERTFile
3438 confCLIENT_CERT ClientCertFile
3439 confCLIENT_KEY ClientKeyFile
3440 confDH_PARAMETERS DHParameters
3441 confRAND_FILE RandFile
3442 confSERVER_CERT ServerCertFile
3443 confSERVER_KEY ServerKeyFile
3444 CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new
3445 tags to the access database to support these policies. See
3446 cf/README for more information.
3447 CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header.
3448 CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't
3449 called due to a STARTTLS command.
3450 CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent
3451 instead of temporary.
3452 CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with
3453 the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To:
3454 tag. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas
3456 CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in
3457 OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux'). From Tim Pierce of
3459 CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and
3460 forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as
3461 possible. Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the
3462 University of Maryland.
3463 CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users. From
3464 Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
3465 CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from
3466 ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and
3467 ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if
3468 underscore is in OperatorChars. Problem noted by Bob Zeitz
3469 of the University of Alberta.
3470 CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}.
3471 Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation.
3472 CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers.
3473 CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash
3474 of X.509 certificates.
3475 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: More protection from special characters;
3476 treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the
3477 GECOS full name and username match. From Ulrich Windl of the
3478 Universitat Regensburg.
3479 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a
3480 typo. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3481 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue
3482 and sendmail. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3483 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as
3484 subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3485 CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by
3486 calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration
3487 script for movemail.pl). From Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3488 CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to
3489 makemap). From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc.
3490 DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any
3491 extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation
3492 target. Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon
3494 DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9.
3495 DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create
3497 LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not
3499 MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability. Problem noted by Tim Boyer of
3500 Denman Tire Corporation.
3501 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with
3502 -DCONTENTLENGTH. Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU.
3503 MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional).
3504 MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff
3505 and -man on Solaris 7. Patch from Larry Williamson.
3506 RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf(). Problem noted by David Hayes of
3507 Black Diamond Equipment, Limited.
3508 RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not
3510 VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not
3511 to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient.
3515 contrib/link_hash.sh
3516 contrib/movemail.conf
3518 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9
3521 8.10.2/8.10.2 2000/06/07
3522 SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation.
3523 On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert
3524 the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root
3525 process to drop its privileges. Problem noted by Wojciech
3526 Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl.
3527 SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(),
3528 initgroups(), and chroot() calls.
3532 8.10.1/8.10.1 2000/04/06
3533 SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP
3534 Authentication mechanisms to those specified in
3535 AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage. We do not
3536 recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the
3537 password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers. See
3538 cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information.
3539 Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some
3540 OSs. Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com.
3541 Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long.
3542 Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is
3543 greater than sendmail binary supported version. Patch
3544 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3545 Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing
3546 a segmentation fault when using address test mode. Based on
3547 patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3548 Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3). Problem
3549 noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin.
3550 Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership.
3551 Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10
3553 Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using
3554 exponential delay after too many tries within one connection.
3555 Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string.
3556 Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs.
3557 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
3558 Polytechnic Institute.
3559 Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually
3560 discards the message.
3561 Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side
3562 when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is
3563 attempted to the alias.
3564 Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other
3567 SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for
3568 AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X
3569 linker semantics. AIX 4.X users should consult
3570 sendmail/README for further information. Problem
3571 noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3572 Avoid use of strerror(3) call. Problem noted by Charles
3573 Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal.
3574 DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install
3575 program. From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation.
3576 HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function.
3577 Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X
3578 from J. P. McCann of E I A.
3579 Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3).
3580 Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet
3582 Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working
3583 strlc{at,py}(3) functions. From Todd C. Miller of
3584 Courtesan Consulting.
3585 SINIX doesn't have random(3). From Gerald Rinske of
3586 Siemens Business Services.
3587 CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to
3588 include the sender address. Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht
3590 CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls.
3591 CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS
3592 to be backward compatible with 8.9.
3593 CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable
3594 to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail.
3595 CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete.
3596 DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored. Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki
3598 DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture
3599 (i486). From Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3600 DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility
3601 libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's
3602 overloaded -L option. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of
3604 DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for
3605 confNROFF. Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse
3607 DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added
3608 for other internal projects but included in the open source
3610 LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the
3611 map name to determine whether or not to add the extension.
3612 This fixes makemap when building the userdb file. Problem
3613 noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds.
3614 LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if
3615 it doesn't already exist. Problem noted by Rand Wacker of
3617 LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are
3618 available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails. This
3619 fixes praliases. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3620 LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted
3622 OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags. Suggested by
3623 Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of
3624 Northern Illinois University.
3625 PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for
3626 particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the
3627 command line. Man page updated accordingly. Patch from
3628 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3629 VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole
3630 Polytechnique de Montreal.
3631 VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for
3632 compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from
3633 Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke.
3635 devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4
3636 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0
3638 contrib/converting.sun.configs
3639 Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed):
3644 8.10.0/8.10.0 2000/03/01
3645 *************************************************************
3646 * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered *
3647 * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team. *
3648 * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering *
3649 * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment *
3650 * of this release. It was her vision, dedication, and *
3651 * support that has made this release a success. Julie died *
3652 * on October 26, 1999 of cancer. We have lost a leader, a *
3653 * coach, and a friend. *
3655 * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy, *
3656 * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us. *
3657 * Julie, we miss you! *
3658 *************************************************************
3659 SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic
3660 links to make sure the files can't be compromised due
3661 to poor permissions on the parent directories of the
3662 symbolic link target.
3663 SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild
3664 the alias map. Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the
3665 "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
3666 SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if
3667 the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the
3668 sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file
3669 (leaving it in an inconsistent state). This option and
3670 its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future
3671 version of sendmail.
3672 SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and
3673 stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail. Problem noted
3674 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
3676 Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This affects
3677 a large number of files. See cf/README for more details.
3678 The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly
3679 for easier code sharing among the programs.
3680 Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554). New macros for this purpose
3681 are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author}
3682 which hold the client's authentication credentials,
3683 the mechanism used for authentication, and the
3684 authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if
3685 supplied). Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU.
3686 On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD
3687 distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce
3688 file system overhead by not creating temporary files on
3689 disk. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3690 New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
3691 memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is
3692 used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3693 New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
3694 memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based
3695 file is used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3696 sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can
3697 now listen on several different ports. Use:
3698 O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E
3699 to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned
3700 on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned
3701 off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa').
3702 The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated. Mail user agents should
3703 begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user
3704 message submission. XUSR may disappear from a future release.
3705 The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option
3706 indicates that the message being submitted from the command
3707 line is for relaying, not initial submission. This means
3708 the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully
3709 qualified and no canonicalization will be done. Future
3710 releases may even reject improperly formed messages.
3711 The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is
3712 deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
3713 Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that
3714 this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U).
3715 The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted
3716 from the command line is an initial user submission and act
3718 If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward
3719 program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the
3720 address is marked as unsafe. This means if RunAsUser is
3721 set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to
3722 files in their .forward files. Administrators can override
3723 this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new
3724 setting NonRootSafeAddr.
3725 Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set
3726 on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to
3727 TrustStickyBit. Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of
3729 Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward
3730 files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is
3731 set in the DontBlameSendmail option. Requested by many.
3732 New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying
3733 a control socket request.
3734 New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver
3736 Timeout.resolver.retrans
3737 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3738 seconds). Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3739 and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal.
3740 Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3741 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3742 seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message.
3743 Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
3744 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3745 seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first
3747 Timeout.resolver.retry
3748 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3749 query. Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3750 and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal.
3751 Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3752 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3753 query for the first attempt to deliver a message.
3754 Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
3755 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3756 query for all resolver lookups except the first
3758 Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3759 Support multiple queue directories. To use multiple queues, supply
3760 a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk. For
3761 example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the
3762 directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with
3763 'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories. Keep in
3764 mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed
3765 while sendmail is running. Queue runs create a separate
3766 process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is
3767 given on a non-daemon queue run. New items are randomly
3768 assigned to a queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3769 Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if
3770 subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names
3771 exist in the queue directories, they are used for the
3772 corresponding queue files. Keep in mind, the queue
3773 directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is
3774 running. Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore
3775 Telecommunications Ltd.
3776 New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be
3777 unique for 60 years. This allows queue IDs to be assigned
3778 without fancy file system locking. Queued items can be
3779 moved between queues easily. Contributed by Exactis.com,
3781 Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures
3782 (e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if
3783 set. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3784 New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for
3785 syslog. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3786 QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename. This
3787 avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing
3788 to run the queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3789 Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been
3790 donated by Exactis.com, Inc.
3791 The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags.
3792 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the
3793 QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning:
3794 being added. Suggested by Michael K. Sanders.
3795 IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State
3796 University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University,
3797 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3798 In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse
3799 connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands.
3800 Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications
3802 The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket
3803 on systems which support them. This can be used with LMTP
3804 local delivery agents which listen on a named socket. An
3805 example mailer might be:
3806 Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n,
3807 S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix,
3808 A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd
3809 Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
3810 The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated. Use [IPC]
3812 The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a
3813 legitimate value. Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP
3814 connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future
3815 version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery).
3816 PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts
3818 PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the
3819 body of the original message on delivery status
3821 Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set. Problem noted
3822 by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
3823 Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP
3824 Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset. Problem noted by
3825 Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
3826 Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times. OperatorChars should
3827 not be set after rulesets are defined. Suggested by
3828 Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
3829 Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files. In
3830 interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP
3831 responses after the DATA command. Problem noted by
3832 Nik Conwell of Boston University.
3833 Check file close when mailing to files. Problem noted by Nik
3834 Conwell of Boston University.
3835 Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map. Patch from
3836 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
3837 Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using
3838 ldap_open() or ldap_init(). Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of
3840 New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH=
3841 parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted. See SMTP
3842 AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps.
3843 Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and
3844 check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively,
3845 similar to check_rcpt etc.
3846 Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr},
3847 ${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold
3848 the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e.
3849 the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr.
3850 From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3851 New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve
3852 call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP. Proposed
3853 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3854 New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold
3855 the corresponding DSN parameter values. Proposed by
3857 New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter,
3858 i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue),
3859 before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds
3860 the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used
3862 The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode
3863 sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode
3865 New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts.
3866 Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is
3867 a local address. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3868 Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue.
3869 Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
3870 Log "low on disk space" only when necessary.
3871 New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average.
3872 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
3873 Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn
3875 Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted
3876 for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub).
3877 Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode.
3878 This flag is set by default for the host map. Based on a
3879 proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan.
3880 Open maps only on demand, not at startup.
3881 Log warning about unsupported IP address families.
3882 New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length
3883 of the sum of all headers. This can be used to prevent
3884 a denial-of-service attack.
3885 New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME
3886 headers and parameters within those headers. This option
3887 is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer
3889 Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of
3891 New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit.
3892 Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd.
3893 Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash
3894 directly before the newline.
3895 New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide
3896 dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to
3897 /usr/tmp/dead.letter. If this option is not set (the
3898 default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a
3899 system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail
3900 to the user nor postmaster. Instead, it will rename the qf
3901 file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file
3902 could not be opened.
3903 New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file. The
3904 value of this option is macro expanded.
3905 New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the
3906 process title shown in 'ps' listings.
3907 New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options
3908 (along with the already existing macros):
3909 ${daemon_info} Daemon information, e.g.
3910 SMTP+queueing@00:30:00
3911 ${daemon_addr} Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0
3912 ${daemon_family} Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc.
3913 ${daemon_name} Daemon name, e.g., MSA.
3914 ${daemon_port} Daemon port, e.g., 25
3915 ${queue_interval} Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00
3916 New macros especially for virtual hosting:
3917 ${if_name} hostname of interface of incoming connection.
3918 ${if_addr} address of interface of incoming connection.
3919 The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the
3921 If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and
3922 would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message.
3923 Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd.
3924 Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>.
3925 Provide header value as quoted string in the macro
3926 ${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME). Suggested by
3927 Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
3928 The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}.
3929 H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks. This
3930 ruleset will only be called if the individual header does
3931 not have its own ruleset assigned. Suggested by Jan
3932 Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
3933 The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}.
3934 Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not
3935 removed if the config file version is greater than or equal
3936 to 9. For example, "R$+ ( 1 ) $@ 1" matches the
3937 input "token (1)" but does not match "token".
3938 Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
3939 MIME messages. Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of
3940 Multimedia Consumer Services. Fix from Per Hedeland of
3942 Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
3943 messages with 8-bit text in headers. Problem noted by
3944 Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College. Fix from Per Hedeland
3946 Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a
3947 modified database map file. Problem noted by Chris Adams
3948 of Renaissance Internet Services.
3949 Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g.,
3950 $#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now
3951 queue up the message instead of bouncing it.
3952 Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as
3953 standard does not provide any indication of what to do when
3954 something other than 250 is received. Based on a patch
3955 from Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
3956 New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own
3957 important files instead of root. This requires HASFCHOWN.
3958 Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and
3959 setting USERDB=0 works. Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock.
3960 Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure
3961 being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever
3962 really went wrong. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3963 $? tests also whether the macro is non-null.
3964 Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid
3966 New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before
3967 executing the mailer program. Suggested by Igor Vinokurov.
3968 New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the
3969 mailer to return after sending all data to it.
3970 Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process
3971 into a previously filled slot. Previously, the memory was
3972 freed at removal time. Since removal can happen in a
3973 signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an
3974 inconsistent state. Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and
3975 David Cooley of Colby College.
3976 When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup
3977 local users in the passwd file. The UserDB code has
3978 already decided the message will be passed to another host
3979 for processing. Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett
3980 Buckeridge Young Limited.
3981 Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the
3982 password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options
3983 '-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'. The
3984 distinguished_name is who to login as. The method can be
3985 one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or
3986 LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. The filename is the file containing the
3987 secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos
3988 ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. Patch from Booker Bense
3989 of Stanford University.
3990 The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap. The use of ldapx is
3991 deprecated and will be removed in a future version.
3992 If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute
3993 and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that
3994 response into a delimiter separated string. The LDAP map
3995 will traverse multiple entries as well. LDAP alias maps
3996 automatically set the column delimiter to the comma.
3997 Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and
3998 idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc.
3999 Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup. The
4000 values to be returned should be in a comma separated string.
4001 For example, `-v "email,emailother"'. Patch from
4002 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
4003 Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps.
4004 If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all
4005 attributes found in the match will be returned.
4006 Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from
4007 breaking up a single entry into multiple entries. This is
4008 needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for
4009 comma separated key and value strings.
4010 Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing
4011 for each lookup. To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache
4012 connections such that multiple maps which use the same
4013 host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in
4014 a single connection to that host.
4015 Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT.
4016 Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on
4018 Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network
4020 Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set.
4021 Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries.
4022 Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification. '%s' is still
4023 replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key --
4024 note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP
4025 special characters. The new '%0' token can be used instead
4026 of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254.
4027 For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k
4028 "(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be
4029 equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a
4030 user attribute. Instead, if the LDAP map specification
4031 contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this
4032 would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user
4034 New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if
4035 more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records
4036 being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP
4037 alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of
4039 New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for
4040 LDAP maps. The value should only contain LDAP specific
4041 settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc. The
4042 settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are
4043 specified in the individual map specification ('K'
4044 command). This option should be set before any LDAP maps
4046 Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open
4047 continually fails. Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia
4049 Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries. In
4050 particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be
4051 important if you have large classes.
4052 On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which
4053 gave error in the queued status message. Requested by
4054 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
4055 Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward
4056 configuration. Mailers which have this flag will not attempt
4057 delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs
4058 unless the queued message is selected using one of the
4059 -qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request. Code
4060 provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
4061 New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon
4062 control socket. This socket allows an external program to
4063 control and query status from the running sendmail daemon
4064 via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the
4065 INN news server. Access to this interface is controlled by
4066 the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX
4067 systems (see sendmail/README for more information). An
4068 example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl.
4069 Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and
4070 RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the
4071 number of processors online on the system (if that can be
4072 determined). For single processor machines, this change
4074 Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces.
4075 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4076 Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases. Patch from
4077 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4078 Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens
4079 at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher.
4080 Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now
4081 happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher.
4082 Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at
4083 LogLevel 10 or higher. Previously, only TCP/IP connections
4084 were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher. Setting
4085 LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent
4086 connection-based denial of service attacks.
4087 Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel
4089 Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender
4090 information (from= syslog line).
4091 Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new
4093 Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options.
4094 New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets, see
4095 sendmail/README for details. Contributed by Mark Roth
4096 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
4097 Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a
4098 bracketed IP address. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
4099 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4100 Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries. Problem noted by
4101 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4102 When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run
4103 the program as the default user and the default group, not
4104 the forward file user. This change also assures the
4105 :include: directives in aliases are also processed using
4106 the default user and group. Problem noted by Sergiu
4107 Popovici of DNT Romania.
4108 Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with
4109 no home directory (/no/such/directory). Problem noted by
4110 Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS.
4111 Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a
4112 message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or
4113 above). Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online.
4114 Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were
4115 accepted. If some of the recipients were rejected, it is
4116 helpful to know the sender of the message.
4117 Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety.
4118 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4119 Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is
4120 interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to
4122 Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or
4123 greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the
4124 version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in
4125 the helpfile ($v). Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET
4126 PIPEX. Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are
4127 skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced. The
4128 helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older
4129 version is found, a warning is logged. The '#vers'
4130 directive should be placed at the top of the help file.
4131 Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to
4132 disk succeeded. Suggested by Nick Christenson.
4133 If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its
4134 length before the attempt.
4135 If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the
4136 user's uid before checking permissions on the file. This
4137 allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where
4138 root is remapped to nobody. Problem noted by Harald
4139 Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm.
4140 purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus)
4141 host status files, not all files.
4142 Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved
4143 in the queue file for the message and set when delivery
4144 is attempted on the queued item. Suggested by Kyle Jones of
4146 Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new
4147 macro map class. This can be used to store information
4148 between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}.
4149 Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University
4151 New map class arith to allow for computations in rules. The
4152 operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given
4153 as key. The two operands are specified as arguments; the
4154 lookup returns the result of the computation. For example,
4155 "$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and
4156 "$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6".
4157 Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to
4158 include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer
4160 H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro}
4161 This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}.
4162 It can be used for adding headers to a message based on
4163 the results of check_* and header check rulesets.
4164 Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after
4165 all of the headers have been collected. The input to the
4166 ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the
4167 headers in bytes separated by $|. This ruleset along with
4168 the macro storage map can be used to correlate information
4169 gathered between headers and to check for missing headers.
4170 See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example.
4171 Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond
4172 to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec. This
4173 option is deprecated and will be removed from a future
4175 Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True.
4176 Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True.
4177 Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output
4178 if referencing a named ruleset.
4179 New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages
4180 delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer.
4181 Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before
4182 using it to sort. Now all the same domains are really run
4183 through the queue together. If they have the same MX host,
4184 then they will have a much better opportunity to use the
4185 connection cache if available. This should be a reasonable
4186 performance improvement. Patch from Randall Winchester of
4187 the University of Maryland.
4188 If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would
4189 have received the message if it had not been rejected.
4190 New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the
4191 queue immediately. No delivery attempt is made.
4192 Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands
4193 up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}-
4195 New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions
4196 but for outgoing connections.
4197 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for
4198 error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e.
4199 a require authentication
4200 b bind to interface through which mail has
4202 c perform hostname canonification
4203 f require fully qualified hostname
4204 h use name of interface for outgoing HELO
4206 C don't perform hostname canonification
4207 E disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476)
4208 New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e.
4209 h use name of interface for HELO command
4210 The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4.
4211 Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set
4212 to 10 or higher. Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National
4213 Institutes of Health.
4214 If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal
4215 format. Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
4216 Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k.
4217 Move message priority from sender to recipient logging. Suggested by
4218 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
4219 Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X.
4220 Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition.
4221 Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB.
4222 Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO.
4223 Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc.
4224 Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout
4225 sub-options is set on the command line. Problem noted by
4226 Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
4227 Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is
4228 attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per
4229 session. Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq.
4230 Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034.
4231 Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless
4232 DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails
4233 to hosts which have dynamically assigned names.
4234 If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing
4235 the bounce for the same reason. If the body is not 8-bit
4236 clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will
4237 not be included in the bounce. Problem noted by Valdis
4238 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
4239 The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from
4240 '${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which
4241 simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes.
4242 This will detect the inability to send information quicker
4243 and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to
4245 Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled
4246 interface address structure when loading the system network
4247 interface addresses. Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of
4249 Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which
4250 indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing
4251 for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w). The
4252 default value is 512. Based on idea from Reinier
4253 Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq.
4254 If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based
4256 Allow ruleset 0 to have a name. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
4257 Northern Illinois University.
4258 Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-"
4259 envelope splitting has occurred.
4260 Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from
4261 Luke Mewburn from RMIT University.
4262 Add a "/quit" command to address test mode.
4263 Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path:
4264 header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter.
4265 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4267 The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using
4268 the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}". This would copy all of
4269 the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}.
4270 Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for
4271 split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when
4272 the recipients were added. Based on fix from Motonori
4273 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4274 Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the
4275 addresses. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4276 Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope
4277 message. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4278 If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a
4279 syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit.
4280 Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery. Problem
4281 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4282 On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the
4283 login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon.
4284 This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin().
4285 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4286 Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command
4287 unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue.
4288 Strip returns from forward and include files. Problem noted by
4289 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4290 Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which
4291 resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure.
4292 Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4294 Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias"
4295 pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails
4296 the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias.
4297 If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be
4298 ignored and its rules added to S0. Instead, ignore the
4299 ruleset lines as well.
4300 Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient
4301 success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a
4302 single address due to S5 and UserDB processing. Problems
4303 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4305 Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal
4306 to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process.
4307 Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
4308 Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN
4309 command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN
4310 headers. Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to
4311 programs, file, DECnet, etc.
4312 Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to
4313 spoof their return address. Based on idea from Neil Rickert
4314 of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland
4316 Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is
4317 owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the
4318 :include: file contains delivery to a file or program.
4319 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4320 Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if
4321 the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx
4322 response code and drops the connection. This behavior was
4323 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when
4324 sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA.
4325 If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the
4326 file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as
4327 a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure. Fix
4328 from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project.
4329 Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs
4330 instead of spaces between arguments. Problem noted by Randy
4331 Wormser. Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4333 Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line
4334 by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root
4335 privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via
4337 Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and
4338 "statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for
4339 them in the .cf file.
4340 Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending
4341 success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware
4342 systems. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University
4343 of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International.
4344 Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to
4345 multiple users in the same transaction (F=m).
4346 Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it
4347 will be added even if one already exists. Problem noted
4348 by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
4349 Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped.
4350 This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection
4351 with commands and then disconnecting. Previously, the
4352 server would process all of the buffered commands. Problem
4353 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
4354 Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'. Problem
4355 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
4356 If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the
4357 last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist. Otherwise, use
4358 the last temporary (4XX) failure.
4359 RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case. Patch
4360 from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co.
4361 Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to
4362 prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a
4363 site which drops IDENT packets. Suggested by many.
4364 Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data
4365 is available in the in-memory cache. Problem noted by Per
4366 Hedeland of Ericsson.
4367 mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal
4368 representation and a leading backslash. This avoids problems
4369 with "unprintable" characters. Problem noted by Michal
4370 Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
4371 The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator
4372 one character past the limit. This would cause subsequent
4373 hops to break the line again. The '!' is now placed in
4374 the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken.
4375 Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. Based on fix
4376 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4377 If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the
4378 resolver will fall back to TCP. However, some
4379 misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup
4380 fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed. Therefore,
4381 don't fail on ANY queries.
4382 If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the
4383 address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN
4384 to the postmaster. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
4385 Northern Illinois University.
4386 Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map
4387 specification. Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina
4389 Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on
4390 cached connections. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
4391 Northern Illinois University.
4392 Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e.,
4393 "host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection".
4394 Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode.
4396 Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with
4397 the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the
4398 other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART
4399 is not available. Problem noted by Allan E
4400 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4401 AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr.
4402 This allows network interface probing to work
4403 properly. Fix from David Bronder of the
4405 AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support.
4406 Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under
4407 AIX. This will be reflected in the obj.* directory
4409 Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port.
4410 Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of
4412 Digital UNIX has uname(2).
4413 GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of
4415 Improved HPUX 11.0 portability.
4416 Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X,
4417 FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X.
4418 Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS
4419 files. Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI
4420 in building the operating system. Users can
4421 override the defaults by setting confCC and
4422 confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately.
4423 IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI.
4424 Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI.
4425 Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain
4426 of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC.
4427 Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build
4428 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
4429 Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build
4430 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
4431 Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from
4432 Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia.
4433 NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support. From
4434 Tom J. Moore of NCR.
4435 NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and
4436 _PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of
4437 NEC Computers Group Planning Division.
4438 Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D.
4439 NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and
4440 1024 in conf.h. Since confENVDEF would be used,
4441 use that value in conf.h.
4442 Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name. From Gerd Knops of
4444 Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if
4445 AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are
4446 defined. Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple
4448 NeXT portability tweaks. Problems reported by Dragan
4449 Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann
4451 New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system
4452 can reuse the same PID in the same second.
4453 New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has
4455 New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does
4456 not have random(3). rand() will be used instead.
4457 New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has
4459 New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has
4461 Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version
4462 specific SINIX files. From Gerald Rinske of
4463 Siemens Business Services.
4464 Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load
4465 average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital
4466 UNIX). From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld.
4467 Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. Suggested by
4468 Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace.
4469 Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
4470 Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
4472 Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running
4473 HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori
4474 NAKAMURA of Kyoto University.
4475 New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable
4476 use of getservbyname() on systems which can
4477 not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as
4478 HI-UX. Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto
4480 Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x. Problem noted
4481 by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and
4482 Technology Information Network.
4483 make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2. Problem
4484 noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd.
4485 Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
4486 Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD,
4488 A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection
4489 of local_hostname_length(). See sendmail/README
4490 for more details. Problem noted by Allan E
4491 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4492 CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This
4493 affects a large number of files. See cf/README for more
4495 CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including
4496 trailing slash) for the mail settings directory.
4497 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9.
4498 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been
4499 deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
4500 BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi').
4501 CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root. This
4502 requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd'). From Todd C. Miller of
4503 Courtesan Consulting.
4504 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X.
4505 CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level
4506 domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to
4507 be improperly rejected as unresolvable.
4508 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of
4509 DNS server, rejection message) and can be included
4511 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the
4512 mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged
4514 CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:,
4515 From:, To:) to enable finer control.
4516 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address
4517 routing. See cf/README for a complete description of the
4519 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
4520 confAUTH_MECHANISMS AuthMechanisms
4521 confAUTH_OPTIONS AuthOptions
4522 confCLIENT_OPTIONS ClientPortOptions
4523 confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME ControlSocketName
4524 confDEAD_LETTER_DROP DeadLetterDrop
4525 confDEF_AUTH_INFO DefaultAuthInfo
4526 confDF_BUFFER_SIZE DataFileBufferSize
4527 confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC LDAPDefaultSpec
4528 confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION MaxAliasRecursion
4529 confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH MaxHeadersLength
4530 confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH MaxMimeHeaderLength
4531 confPID_FILE PidFile
4532 confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX ProcessTitlePrefix
4533 confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN RrtImpliesDsn
4534 confTO_CONTROL Timeout.control
4535 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS Timeout.resolver.retrans
4536 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
4537 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
4538 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY Timeout.resolver.retry
4539 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retry.first
4540 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
4541 confTRUSTED_USER TrustedUser
4542 confXF_BUFFER_SIZE XscriptFileBufferSize
4543 CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(),
4544 which takes the options as argument and can be used
4545 multiple times; see cf/README for details.
4546 CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called
4547 "dsmtp". This mail provides on-demand delivery using the
4548 F=% mailer flag described above. The "dsmtp" mailer
4549 definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults
4551 CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS,
4552 and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the
4553 local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively.
4554 CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting
4555 the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer. The
4556 value should be changed with care.
4557 CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type
4558 for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP".
4559 CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if
4560 there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will
4562 CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root')
4563 to get the old behavior. Suggested by Joe Pruett
4565 CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which
4566 will not be masqueraded. Proposed by Arne Wichmann
4567 of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor,
4568 Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc.
4569 CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be
4570 specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE,
4571 i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $]
4572 for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert
4573 of Northern Illinois University.
4574 CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for
4575 FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only
4576 a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified.
4577 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is
4578 nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component
4580 CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain
4582 CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that
4583 can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE.
4584 FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this
4585 class also to entire subdomains. Hosts in this class are
4586 treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot
4588 CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used,
4589 include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay).
4590 CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the
4591 genericstable also to subdomains of $=G.
4592 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups.
4593 Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago.
4594 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups. Suggested
4595 by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net.
4596 CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading.
4597 Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates.
4598 CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w. Suggested by Steve
4599 Hubert of University of Washington.
4600 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as
4601 GNU is now the canonical system name. From Mark
4602 Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam.
4603 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman.
4604 CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value
4605 associated with the option. From Andrew Brown of
4606 Graffiti World Wide, Inc.
4607 CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer. Contributed
4608 by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology
4610 CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder
4611 names. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
4613 CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags
4614 for the relay mailer. Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn
4615 University and Brian Candler.
4616 CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path:
4617 header) by default. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4618 CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host].
4619 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4621 CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS;
4622 i.e., to set, add, or delete flags.
4623 CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user
4624 who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that
4625 is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms').
4626 CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay
4627 after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks.
4628 CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated
4629 feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of
4630 sequence maps. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4631 CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of
4632 line string for the local mailer. Requested by Il Oh of
4633 Willamette Industries, Inc.
4634 CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is
4635 converted to <user@d>
4636 CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by
4637 Sun's older, broken configuration files.
4638 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a
4639 normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be
4641 CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if
4642 ${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily.
4643 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4645 CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can
4646 be accessed by their numbers).
4647 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial
4648 which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part
4650 CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used
4651 to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag
4652 set. If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate
4653 action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored.
4654 CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4
4655 and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4.
4656 The latter is kept around for backward compatibility.
4657 CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries,
4658 where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code.
4659 CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
4660 CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_
4661 line. Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
4663 CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates.
4664 CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take
4665 arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and
4666 mailer definition flags. This makes it possible to use
4667 other programs such as maildrop for local delivery.
4668 CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or
4669 FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local').
4670 Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM.
4671 CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header
4672 default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER).
4673 CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a
4674 local mailer. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4675 CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the
4676 University of California at Berkeley.
4677 CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of
4678 Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
4679 CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names. Patch from
4680 Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab.
4681 CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
4683 CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues.
4684 DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with
4685 the Build scripts. Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of
4687 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will
4688 be used for building.
4689 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be
4690 used for a fresh build.
4691 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh.
4692 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to
4694 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in
4695 <path>/obj.*. Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis.
4696 DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the
4697 building of the man pages when defined. Suggested by Bryan
4699 DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and
4700 confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the
4701 installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file
4702 respectively. Suggested by Bryan Costales.
4703 DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX. Patch from Gerald Rinske
4704 of Siemens Business Services.
4705 DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of
4706 stdio library. The new buffered file I/O depends on the
4707 Torek stdio library. This option can be either portable or
4709 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which
4710 correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively.
4711 They should contain the C source files for the object files
4712 listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD. These file names
4713 will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation.
4714 DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs
4715 in the sendmail distribution. Each has the form
4716 `conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'.
4717 The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS,
4718 conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD.
4719 DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign. This should have little affect on
4720 building the distribution, but documentation on the changes
4721 are in devtools/README.
4722 DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already
4723 exists. Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
4724 DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies
4725 the path to the sendmail source directory. confSRCDIR is a
4726 new variable which identifies the root of the source
4727 directories for all of the programs in the distribution.
4728 DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build
4729 time. They can both still be overridden by setting the m4
4731 DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem.
4732 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for
4733 build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/.
4734 Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object
4735 directories. Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment
4737 DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted
4738 manual pages in the directory tree specified by
4740 DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the
4741 preformatted pages from the distribution. The new variable
4742 confCOPY specifies the copying program.
4743 DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without
4744 question. Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle
4746 DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names
4747 of the installed statistics and help files, respectively.
4748 DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining
4749 operating system identity. Problem noted by Erik
4750 Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College.
4751 DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that
4752 will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH.
4753 Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib".
4754 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying
4755 how to strip binaries. These are used by the new
4756 install-strip target.
4757 DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after
4758 the others (if it exists).
4759 DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries
4760 then the default ones.
4761 MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root. To use mail.local
4762 as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use
4763 MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S')
4765 MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be
4766 accepted by sendmail. Suggested by Neil Rickert of
4767 Northern Illinois University.
4768 MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise
4769 8BITMIME in the LHLO response. Suggested by Kari Hurtta of
4770 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4771 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining
4772 MAILLOCK when compiling. Also requires linking with
4773 -lmail. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4775 MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is
4776 defined when compiling. Automatically set for Solaris 2.3
4777 and later. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4779 MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address
4780 structure to the beginning of the program. This ensures that
4781 the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly
4782 unauthenticated user. If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC
4783 on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as,
4784 "authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session
4785 key." Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4787 MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is
4788 set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling.
4789 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4790 MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046
4791 characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming
4792 line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the
4793 newline). If an input line was 2047 characters long
4794 (excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.',
4795 mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the
4796 user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail.
4797 If the message was much longer, both sendmail and
4798 mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read
4799 what they have written. Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of
4800 Alcatel Australia Limited.
4801 MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a
4802 temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota. Suggested by
4803 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4804 MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global
4805 timeout to avoid starvation.
4806 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted
4807 local-parts. Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of
4808 Infinite Monkeys & Co.
4809 MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR.
4810 MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are
4811 printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file
4812 is reset. Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University
4814 MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of
4815 generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the
4816 sendmail configuration file.
4817 MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail
4818 configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser
4820 MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database. Based on
4821 code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
4822 MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values. Suggested by Philip
4823 A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services.
4824 MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems. Problem
4825 noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services.
4826 OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer
4827 equates. Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines.
4828 OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation. From Graeme Hewson of Oracle
4830 OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe"
4831 (e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the
4832 option was specified on the command line). Problem noted
4833 by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
4834 PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for
4835 Berkeley DB. Patch from Brian J. Coan of the
4836 Institute for Global Communications.
4837 PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the
4838 alias file(s) if the -f option is not used. Patch from
4839 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4840 PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail
4841 configuration file to use for finding alias file(s). Patch
4842 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4843 SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit. Allow command
4844 lists using || and &&. Based on patch from Brian J. Coan
4845 of the Institute for Global Communications.
4846 SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system. From Tim Pierce
4847 of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative.
4848 VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution.
4849 LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library. Works with Berkeley
4850 DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM.
4852 The Build script in the various program subdirectories are
4853 no longer symbolic links. They are now scripts
4854 which execute the actual Build script in
4856 All the manual pages are now written against -man and not
4857 -mandoc as they were previously.
4858 Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead
4859 of Build will work (unless parameters are
4860 required for Build).
4868 Renamed Directories:
4869 BuildTools => devtools
4873 devtools/OS/Linux.ppc
4874 devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX
4880 cf/cf/generic-linux.cf
4881 cf/cf/generic-linux.mc
4882 cf/feature/delay_checks.m4
4884 cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4
4885 cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4
4886 cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4
4887 cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4
4891 cf/ostype/openbsd.m4
4892 contrib/bounce-resender.pl
4893 contrib/domainmap.m4
4896 devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4
4898 devtools/M4/string.m4
4899 devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4
4900 devtools/M4/switch.m4
4903 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43
4904 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44
4906 devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh
4914 sendmail/bf_portable.c
4915 sendmail/bf_portable.h
4918 sendmail/shmticklib.c
4919 sendmail/statusd_shm.h
4925 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4
4926 sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h
4927 sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile
4928 sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h
4929 sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h
4930 sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c
4931 sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c
4932 sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h
4933 cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4
4935 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4
4937 8.9.3/8.9.3 1999/02/04
4938 SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total
4939 of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of
4940 service attack. This limit will be configurable in 8.10.
4941 Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
4942 Schools" project (IdS).
4943 Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map
4944 was closed due to an earlier failure. Problem noted by
4945 Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. Fix from Booker Bense of
4946 Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4947 Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages
4948 when performing the MIME header length check. This
4949 will allow PGP signatures to function properly. Problem
4950 noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland.
4951 If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive,
4952 the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop
4953 broken" error. Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan
4954 Stanley. Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4955 Allow -T to work for bestmx maps. Fix from Aaron Schrab of
4956 ExecPC Internet Systems.
4957 During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a
4958 TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued
4959 for later retry but the failure would be logged as
4960 "Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout. Problem noted by
4961 Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH)
4962 and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet.
4963 Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the
4964 F=w mailer flag is not set. Problem noted by Murray S.
4965 Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per
4966 Hedeland of Ericsson.
4967 Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a
4968 default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default.
4969 Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus
4970 College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc.
4971 Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name)
4972 in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd.
4973 Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of
4974 requiring 354. This change will match the wording to be
4975 published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS
4978 AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset
4979 bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2. This introduces the
4980 softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should
4981 not be used. It conflicts with the resolver
4982 built into libc.a. "bind" has been removed
4983 from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable.
4984 Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have
4985 to add it back in their site.config.m4 file.
4986 Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the
4987 Technical University of Denmark.
4988 CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego
4989 Supercomputer Center.
4990 Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input
4991 from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation,
4992 John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense
4993 of Stanford University.
4994 Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone
4995 between different releases. Back out the
4996 change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive
4997 a timezone. Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits
4998 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
4999 and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications.
5000 Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy
5002 SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5003 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper
5004 timezone. Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical
5006 CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly
5007 when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local). Patch from Neil W.
5008 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5009 CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on
5010 hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:. Patch from
5011 Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5012 CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value. Patch from
5013 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
5014 CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet
5015 on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail.
5016 Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5017 CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would
5018 cause later checks to fail. Patch from Paul J Murphy of
5021 BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
5022 BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX
5023 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8
5025 8.9.2/8.9.2 1998/12/30
5026 SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections
5027 due to an accept() failure. This sleep could be used
5028 for a denial of service attack.
5029 Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long.
5030 Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5031 Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent
5032 host status. Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
5034 Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories.
5035 Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society.
5036 Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault.
5037 Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham.
5038 Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the
5039 noetrn flag. This is scheduled to change in a future
5040 version of sendmail. Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of
5041 Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu
5043 When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX
5044 environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the
5045 default domain appended. Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of
5046 Polderland Language & Speech Technology.
5047 Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e.
5048 'RCPT TO: (comment)'. Problem noted by Earle Ake of
5049 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
5050 Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec. Patch from
5051 Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5052 Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent
5053 a segmentation fault. Patch from Wayne Knowles of the
5054 National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd.
5055 Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address
5056 verification (-bv). Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
5057 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5058 Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the
5059 daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full
5060 condition. Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet
5062 Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file
5063 in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist. Problem
5064 noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University.
5065 Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception.
5066 Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for
5067 its memory pool. Closing a map opened by another process
5068 will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the
5069 parent process leaving things in a bad state. For
5070 Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process
5071 is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close
5072 the map file descriptor. Thanks to Yoseff Francus of
5073 Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for
5075 Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply
5076 failures. Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal.
5077 On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such
5078 as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more),
5079 stop sending output and exit. Patch from Allan E Johannesen
5080 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
5081 In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures
5082 are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent
5083 failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition.
5084 Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and
5085 Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5086 Fix by one error reporting on long alias names. Problem noted by
5087 H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education
5089 Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior. Problem
5090 noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory.
5091 When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME,
5092 be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that
5093 boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line. Problem
5094 noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc. Fix from
5095 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5096 Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer
5097 has enough space for the additional address. Problem
5098 noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong.
5099 Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior. Problem
5100 noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College.
5101 If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer,
5102 discard the current recipient. Unlike check_relay,
5103 check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not
5104 discarded. Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs. Fix from
5105 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5106 Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with
5107 bogus formatting. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5108 Meteorological Institute.
5109 Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
5110 OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers. Fix
5111 from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach.
5113 Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
5114 Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase
5115 option structure. Problem noted by Ashley M.
5116 Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc.
5117 Break out IP address to hostname translation for
5118 reading network interface addresses into
5119 class 'w'. Patch from John Kennedy of
5120 Cal State University, Chico.
5121 AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized
5122 from changing the semantics of the compiled
5123 program. From Simon Travaglia of the
5124 University of Waikato, New Zealand.
5125 FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext(). From
5126 Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5127 FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5128 IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes. From
5129 Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University.
5130 IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support.
5131 LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer
5132 of Sun Microsystems.
5133 Linux does not implement seteuid() properly. From
5134 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
5135 Linux timezone type was set improperly. From Takeshi Itoh
5137 NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS. From
5138 Tom J. Moore of NCR.
5139 NeXT 4.x correction to man page path. From J. P. McCann
5141 System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs)
5142 from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network
5144 ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from
5145 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
5147 Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr(). Fix from Henk
5148 van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau.
5149 CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying.
5150 Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc. Fix from
5151 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5152 CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as
5153 there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may
5154 not be the one in use. Suggested by Alan Brown of
5155 Manawatu Internet Services.
5156 CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2)
5157 when stripping down a recipient address to check for
5158 relaying. Patch from Claus Assmann of
5159 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert
5160 of Northern Illinois University.
5161 CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups. Patch
5162 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
5164 CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch
5166 CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning. Patch
5167 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
5168 Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5169 CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g.
5170 user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now
5171 checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is
5172 used. Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
5173 Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and
5174 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5175 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP
5176 stream. Do not allow more than one response per recipient.
5177 MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP. Fix
5178 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5179 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP. Fix from
5180 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5181 MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in
5182 the envelope From header.
5183 MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode.
5184 Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University.
5185 MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page.
5186 Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University.
5187 MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with
5188 the -s flag. Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet
5189 Portal Services, Inc.
5190 PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the
5191 NULL byte at the end of the key. Patch from John Beck of
5193 PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
5195 BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5
5196 BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386
5197 cf/ostype/unixware7.m4
5198 contrib/smcontrol.pl
5201 8.9.1/8.9.1 1998/07/02
5202 If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic
5203 site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used
5204 instead of both. Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of
5205 the Norwegian University of Science and Technology.
5206 Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME
5207 multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened
5208 file descriptor. Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5209 Meteorological Institute.
5210 Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of
5211 the header area when parsing MIME headers. Problem noted
5212 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5213 Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the
5214 installation commands. The man pages would still be
5215 built with .0 extensions. Problem noted by Bryan
5216 Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5217 Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment
5218 variable. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5219 If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages
5220 were still delivered. Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK.
5221 Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error
5222 if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set.
5223 Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital.
5224 Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created
5225 in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead
5226 and then back. Problem noted by Michael Miller of the
5227 University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg.
5228 Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is
5229 set in the PrivacyOptions option. Fix from Ted Rule of
5231 Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of
5232 bouncing the message. Problem noted by David Lindes of
5233 DaveLtd Enterprises.
5234 Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to
5235 compilation. Installation may be done from a read-only
5236 mount. Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric
5237 Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc.
5238 Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit. Problem
5239 noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc.
5240 Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory. Problem noted
5241 by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems.
5242 Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if
5243 any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not
5244 exist. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online.
5245 Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by
5246 gethostbyname(). Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford
5248 If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the
5249 5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2. Similarly, for
5250 non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the
5251 mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3.
5252 Suggested by Antony Bowesman of
5253 Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System.
5255 Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for
5256 use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms.
5257 From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development
5258 and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing.
5259 BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions. From Jeff Polk
5261 DomainOS detection for Build. Also, version 10.4 and later
5262 ship a unistd.h. Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of
5264 NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages. From
5265 J. P. McCann of E I A.
5266 SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support. From Vlado Potisk
5268 CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for
5269 qualification. Problem noted by Michiel Boland of
5270 Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from
5271 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5272 CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP,
5273 BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders.
5274 Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
5275 CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce
5276 messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>. LMTP
5277 would not accept @@hostname.
5278 OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick
5279 Troxel of the National Institutes of Health.
5280 RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install'
5281 as this rmail isn't the same as others. Suggested by
5282 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5284 BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4
5286 8.9.0/8.9.0 1998/05/19
5287 SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally
5288 readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:,
5289 class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe
5290 (i.e., group or world writable) directory paths. Sites
5291 which need the ability to override security can use the
5292 DontBlameSendmail option. See the README file for more
5294 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
5295 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
5296 This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these
5297 world writable directories.
5298 SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if
5299 it is in a world writable directory.
5300 SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the
5301 tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input.
5302 Unfortunately this breaks -v mode. Problem noted by
5303 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
5304 IBM T.J. Watson Research.
5305 SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to
5306 prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group
5307 privileges. Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
5308 SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and
5309 gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon
5310 that has a non-zero uid. If none of these exist, sendmail
5311 reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1.
5312 This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that
5313 uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon. If DefaultUser
5314 is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this
5316 SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries
5317 interfered with setting an alternate group id for the
5318 RunAsUser option. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of
5319 the University of Maryland.
5320 Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Based on patch from John Kennedy
5321 of Cal State University, Chico.
5322 Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB). Users
5323 which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the
5324 current version of Berkeley DB.
5325 Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex.
5326 From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
5327 Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod
5328 UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University
5330 Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1
5331 configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which
5332 do not have getusershell(). Fix from John Beck of Sun
5334 On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the
5335 argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the
5336 last argument was either "-q" or "-d". Problem noted by
5337 Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart.
5338 Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and
5339 mail.local on the F=z flag.
5340 Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile. Previously this was
5341 only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate
5342 macro expansion. Now $x will be expanded. This means that
5343 real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped.
5344 TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the
5345 reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails.
5346 Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and
5347 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
5348 IBM T.J. Watson Research.
5349 DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t
5350 would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON.
5351 Problem noted by Claus Assmann of
5352 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5353 Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a
5354 valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM. Fix from Andreas Luik
5355 of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH.
5356 Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules. This eliminates
5357 the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $)
5358 to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized.
5359 Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of
5360 recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP
5361 transaction. After this number is reached, sendmail
5362 starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT
5363 commands. This can be used to limit the number of recipients
5364 per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server
5365 for spamming). Note: a better approach is to restrict
5367 Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option
5368 to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to
5369 avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers.
5370 Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University.
5371 Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters. For example,
5372 '-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or
5373 bar in their address. Patch from Allan E Johannesen of
5374 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
5375 The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if
5376 passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag. This can be
5377 used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient
5378 of a message. This can be used to help prevent relaying.
5379 Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
5380 Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the
5381 sender for those failures.
5382 Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by
5383 preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec
5384 has been determined. Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of
5385 Technical University of Braunschweig. Patch from Per Hedeland
5387 Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty
5388 when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make
5389 output easier to decipher. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
5390 of Procter & Gamble.
5391 The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message
5392 given included the remainder of the arguments instead of
5393 solely the argument in error. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
5394 of Procter & Gamble.
5395 New DontBlameSendmail option. This option allows administrators to
5396 bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense
5397 of system security. This should only be used if you are
5398 absolutely sure you know the consequences. The available
5399 DontBlameSendmail options are:
5402 ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath
5403 ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath
5404 GroupWritableDirPathSafe
5405 GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
5406 GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe
5407 GroupWritableAliasFile
5408 HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath
5409 WorldWritableAliasFile
5410 ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath
5411 IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath
5412 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath
5413 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath
5414 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
5415 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
5417 LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir
5418 LinkedClassFileInWritableDir
5419 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir
5420 LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir
5421 LinkedMapInWritableDir
5422 LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir
5423 FileDeliveryToHardLink
5424 FileDeliveryToSymLink
5427 WriteStatsToHardLink
5429 RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath
5431 New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the
5432 interface names in $=w on startup. In particular, if you
5433 have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up
5434 startup. However, unless you make other arrangements, mail
5435 sent to those addresses will be bounced.
5436 Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and
5437 AutoRebuildAliases is set.
5438 Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command.
5439 Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur.
5440 Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command.
5441 When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do
5442 a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup
5443 and compare results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup
5444 fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address
5445 surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]).
5446 New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure
5447 (i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in
5448 contrast to the success case).
5449 New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax. A config line
5452 causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header
5453 when read. This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets --
5454 that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents.
5455 Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers
5456 from hiding their connection information in Received:
5458 When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts
5459 are skipped. This will cause the delivering process to
5460 try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX
5461 hosts are available. Suggested by Alexander Litvin.
5462 The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the
5463 A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u. It also
5464 obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME
5465 7/8 bit conversion flags. This is useful for defining
5466 a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the
5467 recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail).
5468 Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost
5469 if the remote connection closes the socket before the
5470 remote identity can be queried.
5471 Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior.
5472 Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real
5473 uid is left unchanged by sendmail. Problem noted by Per
5474 Hedeland of Ericsson.
5475 No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it
5476 is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ --
5477 some of the details are determined dynamically via
5478 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh.
5479 The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local,
5480 mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use
5481 the new Build method which creates an operating system
5482 specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools.
5483 Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e.,
5484 a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
5485 same host). This is necessary if the remote host sends
5486 a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve
5487 as is common in anti-spam configurations. Problem noted
5488 by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
5489 New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking
5490 rulesets. If one of the above rulesets resolves to the
5491 $#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the
5492 message will be completely discarded after it is accepting.
5493 This means that even if only one of the recipients
5494 resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients
5495 will receive the mail. Suggested by Brian Kantor.
5496 All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued
5497 instead of being delivered. Problem noted by John Caruso
5498 of CNET: The Computer Network.
5499 Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking.
5500 Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to
5501 an error. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5502 Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a
5503 hostname via NetInfo. Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG.
5504 Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port}
5505 macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent
5506 rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros.
5507 Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH.
5508 If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the
5509 error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used
5510 in the rejection message given to the remote machine.
5511 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
5512 Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros
5513 before calling the check_relay ruleset. Suggested by Scott
5514 Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
5515 Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an
5516 exit code of 79. Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC
5517 Internet. Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur
5519 Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by
5521 Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g.,
5522 R$* $( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $). Patch from
5523 Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute.
5524 Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases
5525 which have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
5526 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5527 Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in
5528 address test mode (-bt). Problem noted by Bryan Costales
5530 -qR could sometimes match names incorrectly. Problem noted by
5531 Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co.
5532 Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the
5534 Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the
5535 StatusFile for display by the mailstats command. Patch
5536 from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland.
5537 IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the
5538 user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of
5539 username@site to differentiate the two. Suggested by
5540 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5541 Enforce timeout for LDAP queries. Patch from Per Hedeland of
5543 Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is
5544 replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes. Also
5545 avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots. Fix from
5546 Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC.
5547 If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new
5548 queue entry five times before giving up. Previously, it
5549 was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition
5550 to run out of inodes. Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of
5551 Stratus Computer, Inc.
5552 In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the
5553 currently supported version.
5554 Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive. Patch
5555 from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland.
5556 Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option,
5557 the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if
5558 it contains characters which must be quoted. Problem noted
5559 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5560 Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before
5561 releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2).
5562 In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable"
5563 message in error bounces.
5564 Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no
5565 accompanying text. Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of
5566 Digital Equipment Corporation.
5568 AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura
5569 of Kyoto University.
5570 AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>. Patch from
5571 Randall S. Winchester of the University of
5573 AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS.
5574 CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing
5576 Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free
5577 disk space. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
5578 the University of Maryland.
5579 HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and
5580 Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation.
5581 IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5582 Meteorological Institute.
5583 IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle
5584 of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory.
5585 IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI.
5586 IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI.
5587 QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>.
5588 SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links
5589 to sendmail. Install with group bin instead of kmem
5590 as kmem does not exist. From Guillermo Freige of
5591 Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul
5592 Fischer of BTG, Inc.
5593 SunOS 4.X does not include memmove(). Patch from
5594 Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5595 SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining
5596 load average. Patch from John Beck of Sun
5598 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file.
5599 CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database
5600 map for the various maps. The default is hash. Patch from
5601 Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
5602 CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable
5603 directory for certain programs.
5604 CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for
5605 local mail delivery. By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local
5606 is used. This is expected to be the mail.local shipped
5607 with 8.9 which is LMTP capable. The path is based on the
5608 new confEBINDIR m4 variable.
5609 CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for
5610 FEATURE(smrsh). Note that this changes the default from
5611 /usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh. To obtain the
5612 old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh).
5613 CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to
5614 include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow
5615 the user to setup different .forward files for
5616 user+detail addressing.
5617 CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES,
5618 and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage,
5619 DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options.
5620 CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail
5621 from outside your domain and sending it to another host
5622 outside your domain).
5623 CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from
5624 any site to any site.
5625 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your
5626 domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay.
5627 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on
5628 the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient.
5629 CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database
5630 feature. This database gives you the ability to allow
5631 or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for
5632 administrative reasons. By default, names that are listed
5633 as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names.
5634 CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file
5635 used for class 'R'. Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains.
5636 CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file)
5637 to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay.
5638 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior
5639 of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual
5641 CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check). Normally, if a recipient
5642 using % addressing is used, e.g. user%site@othersite,
5643 and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset
5644 will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying.
5645 This feature changes that behavior. It should not be
5646 needed for most installations.
5647 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the
5648 domain portion of the mail sender is a local host. This
5649 should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens
5650 a window for spammers. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
5651 the University of Maryland.
5652 CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to
5653 block incoming mail destined for certain recipient
5654 usernames, hostnames, or addresses.
5655 CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be
5656 refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot
5657 be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS).
5658 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts
5659 unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands.
5660 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts
5661 MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain.
5662 CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the
5663 Realtime Blackhole List. You can specify the RBL name
5664 server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument.
5665 The default is rbl.maps.vix.com. For details, see
5666 http://maps.vix.com/rbl/.
5667 CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and
5668 Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and
5669 check_rcpt. Users with local rulesets should place the
5670 rules using LOCAL_RULESETS. If a Local_check_* ruleset
5671 returns $#OK, the message is accepted. If the ruleset
5672 returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else
5673 the return of the ruleset is ignored.
5674 CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by
5675 default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries.
5676 CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can
5677 pick the proper default value. See the SECURITY note
5678 above for more information.
5679 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a
5680 no-op. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5681 Meteorological Institute.
5682 CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to
5683 daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope
5684 sender if run as mailnull. See the Digital UNIX section
5685 of src/README for more information. Problem noted by
5686 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5687 CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the
5688 .mc files instead of in the obj directory.
5689 CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER,
5690 confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for
5691 setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and
5692 MustQuoteChars respectively.
5693 MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout. This
5694 SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery
5695 status on a per-user basis. Code donated by John Myers of
5696 CMU (now of Netscape).
5697 MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the
5698 University of Maryland. NOTE: mail.local is not
5699 compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format. Be sure to
5700 read mail.local/README.
5701 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a
5702 mailbox lock. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the
5703 University of Maryland.
5704 MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State
5706 MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5707 Meteorological Institute.
5708 MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages
5709 in the StatusFile. Patch from Randall Winchester of the
5710 University of Maryland.
5711 MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files
5712 such as linked files in world writable directories.
5713 MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Remove OLD_NEWDB support.
5714 PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.
5715 PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support. Problem
5716 noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of
5718 RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms. Patches from
5719 Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and
5720 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5722 src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use
5723 the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*.
5724 src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build.
5726 BuildTools/M4/header.m4
5727 BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4
5728 BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4
5729 BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4
5730 BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4
5731 BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4
5732 BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4
5733 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2
5734 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x
5735 BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
5736 BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x
5737 BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5
5738 BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x
5739 BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x
5740 BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3
5742 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7
5743 BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE
5745 BuildTools/Site/README
5746 BuildTools/bin/Build
5747 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh
5748 BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh
5749 BuildTools/bin/install.sh
5752 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf
5753 cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4
5754 cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4
5755 cf/feature/access_db.m4
5756 cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4
5757 cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4
5758 cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4
5759 cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4
5761 cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4
5762 cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4
5763 cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4
5764 cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4
5766 contrib/doublebounce.pl
5768 mail.local/Makefile.m4
5771 mailstats/Makefile.m4
5775 praliases/Makefile.m4
5785 cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist)
5787 mail.local/Makefile.dist
5789 mailstats/Makefile.dist
5791 makemap/Makefile.dist
5793 praliases/Makefile.dist
5798 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2)
5799 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE
5800 (renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE)
5801 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform)
5804 cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile
5805 cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/*
5806 src/READ_ME => src/README
5808 8.8.8/8.8.8 1997/10/24
5809 If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged
5810 incorrectly. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5811 Meteorological Institute.
5812 If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not
5813 add additional bounces to it. Problem noted by Thomas J.
5814 Arseneault of SRI International.
5815 If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing
5816 connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode.
5817 Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
5818 Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them
5819 to internal form. Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio.
5820 EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as
5821 User unknown with bogus delay= values. Change them to log
5822 the same as compliant addresses. Problem noted by Kari E.
5823 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5824 Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace
5825 option for resolver. Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind
5827 If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a
5828 protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be
5829 closed but the persistent host status file would not be
5830 unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to
5831 that host. Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5832 If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment
5833 the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery
5834 attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next
5835 queue run regardless of MinQueueAge. Problem noted by
5836 Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
5837 Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and
5838 "Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged
5839 with the incorrect timestamp. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta
5840 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5841 Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
5842 Log null connections on dropped connections. Problem noted by
5843 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5844 If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and
5845 reopen the map. Previously, they could give stale
5846 results during a single message processing (but would
5847 recover when the next message was received). Fix from
5848 Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.
5849 Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY
5850 requests. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5851 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5852 Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad
5853 recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the
5854 message is accepted. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5855 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5856 Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to
5857 sendmail via a UNIX pipe. This will allow rulesets using
5858 $&{client_name} to process without sending the string through
5859 dequote. Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa.
5860 A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation,
5861 and the inability to save a bounce message to
5862 /var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce
5863 to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the
5864 queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the
5865 queue was run. Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons
5867 Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS. There are
5868 no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as
5869 sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this
5870 could cause confusing error messages.
5871 Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be
5872 rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad. This
5873 behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not
5874 the entire message. Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of
5876 Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file. Suggested by
5877 Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5878 Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP
5879 mailers. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5880 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5881 An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses
5882 for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently
5884 Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via
5885 a HUP signal. This will give room for the process title.
5886 Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5887 Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not
5888 support flock locking and runs out of processes during
5889 delivery. Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan.
5890 Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821.
5891 Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
5893 Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the
5894 rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps
5895 are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases.
5896 Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University.
5897 Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for
5898 bounce messages. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of
5899 RUS University of Stuttgart.
5901 Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map
5902 search returns an error. This will allow sequenced maps which
5903 use other LDAP servers to be checked. Fix from Booker Bense
5904 of Stanford University.
5905 When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do
5906 not pad bare linefeeds with a space. Problem noted by Theo
5907 Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany.
5909 Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling
5910 conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of
5911 setproctitle(). Problem noted by Ted Roberts of
5912 Electronic Data Systems.
5913 AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation. Reported by Jim
5914 Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services.
5915 BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined.
5916 Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves
5917 loader environment variables into the loader memory
5918 area. If one of these environment variables (such as
5919 LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable,
5920 an invalid memory address would be used by the process
5921 title routine causing memory corruption. Problem
5922 noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems.
5923 GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused
5924 chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does
5925 not permit file giveaways. Problem noted by
5926 Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo.
5927 IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes. Reported by
5928 Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
5929 Linux: Pad process title with NULLs. Problem noted by
5930 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5931 SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an
5932 incorrect value for the number of interfaces.
5933 Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet
5935 SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald
5936 Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
5937 Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not
5938 used on a Solaris machine. Problem noted by
5939 Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited.
5940 CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business
5942 MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
5943 CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff.
5944 OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of
5947 8.8.7/8.8.7 1997/08/03
5948 If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with
5949 an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems
5950 except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at
5951 rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already
5952 exist would fail. Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software
5954 Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation.
5955 Problem noted by Fredrik Jönsson of the Royal Institute
5956 of Technology, Stockholm.
5957 Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(),
5958 some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these
5959 routines during compilation. If using TCP Wrappers, assume
5960 that these routines are included as though they were in the
5961 C library. Patch from Robert La Ferla.
5962 When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being
5963 used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the
5964 duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang.
5965 Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET.
5966 In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the
5967 mail was passed on without any recipient header. This could
5968 cause problems downstream. Problem noted by Xander Jansen
5969 of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum.
5970 Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail. GDBM's locking and
5971 linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's
5972 locking and security checks. Problems noted by Fyodor
5973 Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet.
5974 Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set.
5975 Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a
5976 gethostbyaddr found no value. Also, ignore any returns
5977 from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad.
5978 If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as
5979 "may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much
5980 have to assume that the information is good.
5981 In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files
5983 Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup.
5984 Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious
5985 errors during testing.
5986 Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name
5987 printed in the error message.
5988 If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or
5989 missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO.
5990 Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the
5991 DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or
5992 had a .forward file. From Nik Conwell of Boston University.
5993 On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits
5994 file giveaway was undefined. From Tetsu Ushijima of the
5995 Tokyo Institute of Technology.
5996 Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be
5997 lost (so only the header was delivered). This only occurs
5998 on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue
5999 runner runs during a critical section in another message
6000 delivery. Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of
6002 If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem
6003 (wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was
6004 exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried
6005 once, it would be tried on every queue run. Problem noted
6006 by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
6007 If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure,
6008 include it when reporting that a file has changed after open.
6009 This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option).
6010 This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is
6011 theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after
6012 it is opened and replace it with another file that has the
6013 same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return
6014 garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file
6015 has changed. As a practical matter this is not a security
6016 problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links,
6017 and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to
6018 have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number
6020 Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for
6021 use internally, and does not work at customer sites.
6022 Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single
6023 transaction to clear the entire transaction. Problem
6024 noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
6025 Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without
6026 a trailing slash. (And a pox on vendors that decide to
6027 ignore the established conventions!) Problem noted by
6028 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6029 Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family
6030 (intended for IPv6). Patches are from John Kennedy of
6032 In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave
6033 an extra space at the beginning of some lines. Problem
6034 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based
6035 on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel.
6037 Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency
6038 with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition. Note that
6039 the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should
6041 AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>. Patch from Gene Rackow
6042 of Argonne National Laboratory.
6043 OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
6044 RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
6045 SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c. From
6046 James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd.
6047 Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail
6049 Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from
6050 Makefiles. Use NEWDB on Linux instead.
6051 NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl
6052 exists but behaves differently than other OSes.
6053 Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get
6054 around the problem. Problem noted by Tom Moore of
6056 HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API. Problem
6057 noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
6058 UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro. Problem
6059 noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information
6061 SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of
6062 the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername,
6063 getsockname, and getsockopt. Adds new compile flags
6064 SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. Problem reported
6065 by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community
6066 Mental Health Center Residential Services.
6067 AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.
6068 Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric
6070 Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that
6071 #define both setjmp and longjmp. Problem pointed out
6072 by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet.
6073 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1)
6074 from Christopher Durham of SCO.
6075 CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to
6076 /etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual
6077 configuration. Patch from Dennis Glatting of
6079 CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long
6080 time. Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions. Suggested
6082 CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc. These
6083 are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org.
6084 MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files.
6085 MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example,
6086 telling more details on what actually changed when "file
6087 changed after open".
6088 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files. Support multiple Fw
6090 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'.
6092 src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD
6093 src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0
6095 cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4
6099 8.8.6/8.8.6 1997/06/14
6100 *************************************************************
6101 * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI *
6102 * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated. *
6103 * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward *
6104 * continued sendmail development. *
6105 *************************************************************
6106 SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open
6107 mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that
6108 points nowhere. This makes it possible to create a root
6109 owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink
6110 into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check
6111 determined that the file did not exist. The only verified
6112 example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL
6113 and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07. Most
6114 systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create
6115 of a file disallows symbolic links. Systems that have been
6116 verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD,
6117 DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris,
6118 and Ultrix. This is a potential exposure on systems that
6119 have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias
6120 pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old
6121 mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter.
6122 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
6123 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
6124 If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it
6125 is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db
6126 (or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at
6127 another database; this can be used either to expose
6128 information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db
6129 and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack
6130 (by trashing the password database). The fix disallows
6131 symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on
6132 maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on
6133 writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable
6134 directories to be fatal errors. This does not represent an
6135 exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable
6137 SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard
6138 or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the
6139 path) is writable by anyone other than the owner. This is
6140 similar to the previous case for user files. This change
6141 should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent
6142 an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such
6143 files at other files that are readable only by the owner.
6144 SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they
6145 have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that
6146 are mounted from another system that allows owners to give
6147 away files. The new rules are very strict, trusting file
6148 ownership only in those few cases where the system has
6149 been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary.
6150 However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially
6151 trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or
6152 group writable. This might allow someone who has a legitimate
6153 :include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to
6154 become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a
6155 non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where
6156 the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is
6157 actually permitted. I believe this to be a very small set
6158 of cases. If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at
6159 NFS-mounted filesystems.
6160 SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option
6161 (e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set.
6162 Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha
6163 group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine.
6164 The user id was still set properly. Problem noted by Uli
6165 Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin.
6166 Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the
6167 PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set. Problem reported
6168 by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
6169 Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a
6170 failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
6172 IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would
6173 affect any options that came after the route option. Patch
6175 The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error
6176 back to the sender. Problem reported by Stephen More of
6177 PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6178 Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead
6179 of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways.
6180 Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications.
6181 Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors
6182 occur at the beginning of the stream. Patch contributed by
6183 Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6184 Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within
6185 a signal handler. Problem noted by John Beck of Sun
6187 Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset
6188 will have the latest version of the map data. Problem noted
6189 by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6190 If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message
6191 too large) don't send the bogus message.
6192 Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that
6193 have errors and have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Michael
6194 Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6195 Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in
6196 multipart/mixed Content-Type: header. Problem noted by
6197 Richard Muirden of RMIT University.
6198 Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the
6199 ErrorMode is not set to "print". Fix from Gregory Neil
6201 Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map
6202 that could not be opened. Based on a fix from John Beck of
6204 If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to
6205 a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records
6206 pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message
6207 with a "host unknown" error. Note that this should really
6208 be fixed in the zone file for the domain. Problem noted by
6209 Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc.
6210 If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark
6211 the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue
6212 run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will
6213 retry immediately. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of
6215 If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs
6216 will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached.
6217 "Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of
6219 If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which
6220 sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue
6221 run, abort the queue run immediately. Problem noted by
6222 Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
6223 The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size,
6224 number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was
6225 non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or
6226 none of the queue was processed. The updated algorithm
6227 does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will
6229 If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to
6230 die immediately, never hold the error message for future
6232 Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed
6233 regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the
6234 configuration file. Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6235 New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3)
6236 routine available in one of the libraries. Use it in conf.h.
6237 The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps.
6238 If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect
6239 this and reopen the map. Previously, they could give
6240 erroneous results during a single message processing
6241 (but would recover when the next message was received).
6242 Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the
6243 files are at least ten minutes old. This avoids a potential
6244 race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back
6245 a file descriptor. The queue runner locks it and deletes it
6246 because it is zero length. The creator then writes the
6247 descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the
6248 job goes away. Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales.
6249 When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward
6250 (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare
6251 results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the
6252 address as "may be forged".
6253 Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any
6254 substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting;
6255 "substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN.
6256 Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count.
6257 This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open
6258 or write is ever actually attempted. Patch from Villy Kruse
6260 If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage
6261 allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter
6262 was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there
6263 is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce.
6264 Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape
6265 in the body. Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton
6266 Plasma Physics Laboratory.
6267 Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses.
6268 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
6270 The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as
6271 documented. Note that this increases the potential denial
6272 of service problems with this option: an attacker can
6273 connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well
6274 as incoming connections. If you use this option, you should
6275 run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately
6276 to avoid this attack. Failure to limit noted by Matthew
6277 Dillon of BEST Internet Communications.
6278 Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be
6279 opened instead of failing silently. Suggested by Gregory
6280 Neil Shapiro. This change makes the code match the O'Reilly
6282 Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1
6283 if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce
6284 instead of queueing. Treat this like TRY_AGAIN. Fix from
6285 John Beck of SunSoft.
6286 If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry
6287 in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer.
6288 Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems.
6289 Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out
6290 of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened.
6291 Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in
6292 immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die.
6293 Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping. Patch
6294 from Villy Kruse of TwinCom.
6295 Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes. Previously these were
6296 partially processed, which could cause confusing error
6298 Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups
6299 on some architectures.
6301 A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC.
6302 glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum,
6303 thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM. Only option seems
6304 to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
6305 defined. Problem reported by A Sun of the University
6307 Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on
6308 the system rather than guessing at compile time.
6309 Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
6310 Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University.
6311 GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project.
6312 RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation.
6313 ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked.
6314 Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition,
6315 but there appears to be no fix for this. Patch from
6316 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6317 BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy.
6318 Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the
6319 high order bit set to apparently randomly match
6320 letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I".
6321 Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of
6323 IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x. From
6325 IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be
6326 IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular
6328 IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels.
6329 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6330 CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses
6331 even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set. Problem pointed out by
6333 CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all
6334 local names as local. Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI;
6335 fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6336 CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other
6337 "mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value
6338 for the $h macro. Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6339 CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a
6340 MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY. Patch from Philip
6341 Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
6342 CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable);
6343 rules are the same as for aliasing. Based on a patch from
6344 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6345 CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should
6346 have no functional change in this release, but makes it
6347 possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future.
6348 CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the
6349 HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name.
6350 In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack.
6351 Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from
6352 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6353 CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for
6354 MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:,
6355 don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit). Suggestions
6356 from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler.
6357 CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were
6358 being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain)
6359 was specified, even when it wasn't.
6360 MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf. From John Beck of SunSoft.
6361 MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't
6362 "slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the
6363 exclusive open. This is only a problem on System V derived
6364 systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are
6365 symbolic links pointing nowhere.
6366 MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was
6367 not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause
6368 later mailboxes to fail. Also, any partial message would
6369 not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries.
6370 Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD
6372 MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0. A similar
6373 change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3. Problem
6374 noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6375 MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are
6376 symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is
6377 often run as root and hence has the potential for the same
6378 sorts of problems as alias rebuilds.
6379 MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on
6381 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf.
6382 Accept an optional list of arguments following the server
6383 name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w). Other
6384 miscellaneous bug fixes. From Christian von Roques via
6385 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
6386 CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta. This
6387 Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd
6388 file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name
6389 lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root)
6390 for system accounts.
6393 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4
6395 contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl
6396 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1
6397 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x
6399 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 => Makefile.IRIX.6.x
6400 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 => Makefile.IRIX64.6.0
6402 8.8.5/8.8.5 1997/01/21
6403 SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup. Without this, sendmail
6404 will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller,
6405 even if RunAsUser is specified.
6406 SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only. This is not in response
6407 to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative.
6408 Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
6409 SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible
6410 security implications. Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the
6411 University of Pennsylvania.
6412 Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'")
6413 would truncate the address after "Full". Although the -f
6414 syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it
6415 shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode
6416 was unnecessarily awful.
6417 Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data
6418 to a 7-bit format. Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of
6419 Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom.
6420 Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue
6421 runs. Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for
6422 final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes
6423 it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7
6424 bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr.
6425 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6426 _Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database
6427 module. Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6428 Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only
6429 files if the configuration file is safe. Based on a
6430 patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
6431 ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue
6432 run completed. Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK
6434 It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library
6435 does _not_ log rejected connections. Do the logging ourselves.
6436 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas
6438 If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown
6439 version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the
6440 error is reported on every queue run. Change it to only
6441 give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf). Patch from
6442 William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
6443 Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it
6444 ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused
6445 some problems if a background process tried to send mail
6446 under certain circumstances. Problem noted by Eric Hagberg
6447 of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta.
6448 Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current
6449 load average is >= the queueing load average. Previously
6450 the check factored in some other parameters that caused it
6451 to essentially never skip the queue run. Patch from Bryan
6453 If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is
6454 rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND
6455 (25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting
6456 you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack. Based
6457 on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL.
6458 Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued;
6459 this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks.
6460 The current values and defaults are:
6461 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
6462 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO
6463 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN
6464 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN
6465 These will probably be configurable in a future release.
6466 On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs
6467 that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with
6468 the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged.
6469 In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored. Problem noted
6470 by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6471 Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on
6472 the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last
6473 line dropped. Since this appears to be illegal it isn't
6474 clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems
6475 to be a better "fail soft" approach. Based on a patch from
6477 If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a
6478 bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO
6479 first" error message. Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas
6480 of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft.
6481 Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set
6482 in PrivacyOptions. The -q shouldn't turn this command off.
6483 Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet;
6484 based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6485 Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation)
6486 in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because
6487 a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go
6488 through. Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet
6490 In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they
6491 had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender.
6492 Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from
6493 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6494 Give better diagnostics on long alias lines. Based on code contributed
6495 by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge.
6496 Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for
6497 alternate names. Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net.
6499 UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from
6500 Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited.
6501 SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval.
6502 Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation.
6503 SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
6504 Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used.
6505 Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC
6507 OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org.
6508 Altos System V: from Tim Rice.
6509 Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft.
6510 Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft.
6511 Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli
6512 of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>.
6513 CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax
6514 _just_right_ yet. Tweak it again. I'll omit the names
6515 of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case.
6516 As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the
6518 CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E),
6519 it never inserts that class into the output file. Fix it
6520 so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root
6521 automatically in this class. Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL
6522 of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'École Nationale
6523 Supérieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP).
6524 CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications
6525 such as LUSER_RELAY. This change permits the following
6526 syntaxes: ``local:'' will send to the same user on the
6527 local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host",
6528 ``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to
6529 go to user on the local machone). ``local:user'' will send
6530 to the named user on the local machine. ``local:user@host''
6531 is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored). In
6532 all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the
6533 detail information). Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr.
6534 CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host
6535 indication. This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY
6536 to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''. Note the use
6537 of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted.
6538 Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6539 OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a
6540 NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET).
6541 Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam.
6542 OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on
6543 a duplex printer. From Matthew Black of Cal State University,
6546 8.8.4/8.8.4 1996/12/02
6547 SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional
6548 permissions by hard linking to files that were group
6549 writable by the attacker. The solution is to disallow any
6550 files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward,
6551 :include:, and output files. Problem noted by Terry
6552 Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services. As a
6553 workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea.
6554 SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it
6555 is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on
6556 MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list. There
6557 is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default).
6558 Problem noted by Dan Bernstein. Also, make the DontInitGroups
6559 unsafe. I know of no specific attack against this, although
6560 a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory
6561 you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects
6562 the permissions that are used when mail is delivered.
6563 Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status
6564 directories somehow became empty. Problem noted by Roy
6565 Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6566 Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition.
6567 This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged.
6568 Problem noted by several people.
6569 On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX
6570 and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451
6571 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem noted
6573 Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting
6574 gcc to high warning levels). From Tom Moore of NCR Corp.
6575 SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should
6576 not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the
6577 message rather than the host. Problem noted by Matt Dillon
6578 of Best Internet Communications.
6579 The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers. Problem noted by Tom Moore
6580 of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions).
6581 Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion
6582 (including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has
6583 had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent
6584 to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain.
6585 Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor.
6586 If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be
6587 rescheduled (so queue runs would stop). Patch from Don Lewis.
6588 Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP
6589 status code. Problem noted by Don Lewis.
6590 Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly.
6591 Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6592 Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not
6593 already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the
6594 K line, and the documentation. Inconsistency pointed out
6596 Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode. Patch from
6597 Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6598 Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously
6599 it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which
6600 caused stale information to be maintained. Based on a patch
6601 from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc. Also, have
6602 ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option.
6603 Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty
6604 host status file condition. Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori
6605 of Kyoto University.
6606 Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race
6607 conditions from Don Lewis.
6608 Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some
6609 compile errors). This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into
6610 0/1 compilation flags. Note that DAEMON is an obsolete
6611 compile flag; use NETINET instead. Solution based on a
6612 patch from Bryan Costales.
6614 AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the
6615 /etc/security/passwd file when called as root. This
6616 is very slow on some systems. To speed it up, use the
6617 (undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines.
6618 Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group.
6619 SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile. Patch from Bill
6620 Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service.
6621 NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile. Patch
6622 from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University.
6623 SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems. Patches from Andrew Cole of
6624 Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University
6626 DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support
6628 Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp.
6629 I believe this to have only been a problem if you
6630 compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason
6631 to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path.
6632 Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from
6633 Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universität Wien.
6634 CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather
6635 than one long one. By popular demand.
6636 MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems. Patch
6637 from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley.
6638 MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs
6639 to take a very long time. Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA
6640 of NTT Software Corporation.
6641 CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck.
6645 8.8.3/8.8.3 1996/11/17
6646 SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail
6647 about argv[0] and then sending it a signal. Problem noted
6648 by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the
6649 best-of-security list.
6650 Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level
6651 (%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this
6652 should make it clearer to people that they are running
6654 Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then
6655 do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at
6656 the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report
6657 "451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem
6658 noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech.
6659 When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts
6660 lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry
6661 with space at the end of the line. Problem noted by Steve
6662 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6663 7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text.
6664 Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
6665 Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet
6666 size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver
6667 answers containing very many resource records. The resolver
6668 may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet
6669 overflow. Also, allow for the fact that the resolver
6670 routines res_query and res_search return the size of the
6671 *un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it
6672 not big enough to accommodate the entire answer. Patch from
6674 Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code. If you think you have too
6675 many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they
6676 are still around. Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc.
6677 Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children
6678 pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely
6679 due to a race condition. Problem reported by Kyle Jones of
6681 On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines
6682 O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into
6683 thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open.
6684 Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero. Problem noted by
6685 Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege.
6686 Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to
6687 allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without
6688 it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored. Patch from
6689 Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch.
6690 Improvements to host status printing code. Suggested by Steve Hubert
6691 of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6692 Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age
6693 when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this
6694 avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups.
6695 Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc.
6696 When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being
6697 properly escaped. Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the
6698 University of Linkoping.
6699 In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue
6700 runs even if RunAsUser was set. Problem noted by Mark
6701 Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
6702 If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is
6703 actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in
6704 the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then
6705 the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the
6707 The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the
6708 user id was numeric. Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of
6709 MCI Telecommunications Communications.
6710 If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of
6711 the message was included in the bounce. Note that this did
6712 not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size. Problem
6713 reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6715 AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the
6716 AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which
6717 works on 4.1 as well as 4.2. Problem noted by
6718 HÃ¥kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden.
6719 AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name.
6720 Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University.
6721 MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support.
6722 Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>.
6723 Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average.
6724 This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE.
6725 The outline of the implementation was contributed
6726 by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow.
6727 HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward
6728 declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h;
6729 change it to only be included if you are using gcc,
6730 which is apparently the only compiler that requires
6731 it in the first place. Problem noted by Jeff
6732 Earickson of Colby College.
6733 IRIX: don't default to using gcc. IRIX is a civilized
6734 operating system that comes with a decent compiler
6735 by default. Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and
6737 CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for
6738 consistency with other local mailers. Inconsistency
6739 pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>.
6740 CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS
6741 overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the
6742 domain part was dropped from the name. Patch from Steve
6743 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6744 CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could
6745 end up being translated to the null host name, which would
6746 return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end
6747 of the line. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the
6748 University of Washington, Seattle.
6749 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4). From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer
6750 Polytechnic Institute.
6751 MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance.
6752 Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications.
6754 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc
6756 cf/ostype/mklinux.m4
6758 8.8.2/8.8.2 1996/10/18
6759 SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch
6760 changed the code but didn't fix the problem.
6762 Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can
6763 apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances.
6764 Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc.
6765 OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted
6766 from this document. These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9.
6769 8.8.1/8.8.1 1996/10/17
6770 SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will
6771 examine during queue runs and daemon mode. Problem noted
6772 by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago.
6773 SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain
6774 message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back
6775 to 8 bits. This caused core dumps and has the potential
6776 for a remote attack. Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro
6778 Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't
6779 have flock(2) support. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of
6781 Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options. If this option is null (as
6782 opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs
6783 on illegal host names.
6784 If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in
6785 the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the
6786 final line. Problem noted by Pierre David.
6787 If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot
6788 setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems.
6789 Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc.
6790 Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would
6791 be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent
6792 to (say) mail-back. Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6793 If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long
6794 term host status. This is necessary because it is common
6795 to do this when you know a host has just come back up.
6796 Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section
6797 4.2. Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the
6798 University of Leicester.
6799 If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the
6800 service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail
6801 would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found
6802 in the map. This caused the message to be queued instead of
6803 bouncing immediately. Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the
6804 University of Washington.
6806 Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c. Several
6807 people pointed this out.
6808 NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT.
6809 AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South
6810 Dakota School of Mines & Technology.
6811 CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable.
6812 Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr.
6813 CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set
6814 using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they
6815 were also in $=w. Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of
6817 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX. Based
6818 on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6819 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP. From Patrick Nolan
6820 of Stanford via Robert La Ferla.
6822 8.8.0/8.8.0 1996/09/26
6823 Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly
6824 deleted. Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision.
6825 Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full
6826 pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working. I was
6827 urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia).
6828 Fix small buffer overflow. Since the data in this buffer was not
6829 read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact
6830 probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers). Pointed
6831 out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University.
6832 Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored
6833 if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file
6834 -- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original
6835 host was accessible. Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of
6837 A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not
6838 have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue,
6839 causing SMTP to hang. Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6840 The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was
6841 incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the
6842 semantics of binding on a passive socket. Patch from
6843 NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute.
6844 Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better
6845 handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which
6846 has 13 at the moment (and climbing). In order to avoid
6847 trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been
6848 slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means
6849 that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size
6850 of those records could not exceed 128 bytes. Requested by
6851 Brad Knowles of America On Line.
6852 Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER".
6853 Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley.
6854 Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging
6856 Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output.
6857 Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between
6859 Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver();
6860 this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems
6861 to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!).
6862 DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs;
6863 this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost. Problem
6864 pointed out by Claus Assmann of the
6865 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
6866 The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in
6867 some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure)
6868 would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were
6869 concerned. Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
6870 Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in
6871 the initial run. Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of
6873 Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting
6874 results that may come from NIS and DNS.
6875 4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't
6876 include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few
6877 things like /var/tmp. Reported by Matthew Green.
6878 Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all
6879 values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent,
6880 which was interpreted as normal. Patch from Bryan Costales.
6881 The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps
6882 since 8.7.2. Fix from Bryan Costales.
6883 Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as
6884 Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded
6885 as base64). The class can have primary types (e.g., "text")
6886 or full types (e.g., "text/plain"). Based on a suggestion by
6887 Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland.
6888 Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN
6889 dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers.
6890 Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the
6891 BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in
6893 Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q
6894 flag is set in the mailer descriptor. Suggested by John
6896 Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host.
6897 The command takes a host name; data for that host is
6898 immediately (and asynchronously) flushed. Because this shares
6899 the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but
6900 there should be no security implications. Implementation
6901 from John Beck of InReference, Inc. See RFC 1985 for details.
6902 Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid
6903 (equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret
6904 (equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify
6905 (equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command). Note
6906 that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way
6907 to specify per-address notifications on the command line,
6908 nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address
6910 Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased);
6911 apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7
6912 and made it unsafe. Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the
6913 University of Maryland.
6914 New logging on log level 15: all SMTP traffic. Patches from
6915 Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center.
6916 NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found
6917 a match. This was causing the wrong values to be found (and
6918 had a memory leak). Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin.
6919 Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups. It was pointed
6920 out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't
6921 use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since
6922 that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient
6923 address used for delivery. The simple fix (stripping off the
6924 brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal
6925 addresses. This flag will solve that problem.
6926 Add MustQuoteChars option. This is a list of characters that must
6927 be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address
6928 (that is, the full name part). The characters @,;:\()[] are
6929 always in this list and cannot be removed. The default is
6930 this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822.
6931 Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands
6932 that do not include a host name for back compatibility with
6933 some stupid SMTP clients. Setting this violates RFC 1123
6935 Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start
6936 rejecting connections if it has more than this many
6937 outstanding children accepting mail. Note that you may
6938 see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this
6939 is for incoming connections only.
6940 Add ConnectionRateThrottle option. If set to a positive value, the
6941 number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted
6942 in a single second is limited to this number. Connections are
6943 not refused during this time, just deferred. The intent is to
6944 flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in.
6945 It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop
6946 accepting connections even if all the connections are idle
6947 (e.g., due to connection caching).
6948 Add Timeout.hoststatus option. This interval (defaulting to 30m)
6949 specifies how long cached information about the state of a
6950 host will be kept before they are considered stale and the
6951 host is retried. If you are using persistent host status
6952 (i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply
6953 between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue
6954 run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues
6955 that take a very long time to run.
6956 Add SingleLineFromHeader option. If set, From: headers are coerced
6957 into being a single line even if they had newlines in them
6958 when read. This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes.
6959 Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last
6960 item in a table it would be truncated. Problem noted by
6961 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6962 Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when
6963 -v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information
6964 to be displayed. Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6965 Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously
6966 this was treated as end-of-input. Problem noted by Bryan
6968 The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written
6969 to the queue file. Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic
6971 Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise
6972 if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays.
6973 Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T.
6974 If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple
6975 values for a given key, the database cursor would get
6976 trashed by the recursive call. Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi
6977 of Georgia Tech. Fixed by reading all the values and creating
6978 a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat
6979 different for this case.
6980 Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when
6981 HES_GETMAILHOST is defined. Based on a patch by Betty Lee
6982 of Stanford University.
6983 When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and
6984 there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of
6985 the owners would get the message. Problem pointed out by
6986 Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6987 Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined
6988 in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X. Problem
6989 noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar.
6990 When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in
6991 some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines. Fix from
6992 Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6993 When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun
6994 failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice
6995 that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned. Noted
6996 by Casper Dik of Sun Holland.
6997 Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that
6998 have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an
6999 error return of -1 doesn't work. Use INADDR_NONE instead.
7000 This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce
7001 or get dropped. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the
7003 DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase
7004 rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but
7005 the detailed status information would be wrong. Problem noted
7006 by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company.
7007 Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating
7008 that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission. The flag current
7009 does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using
7010 these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS
7012 Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines)
7013 to \r\n on SMTP mailers. Default remains \n on non-SMTP
7015 Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers
7016 to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't
7017 misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line
7018 termination. This will affect anyone who has redefined
7019 either of these in their configuration file.
7020 Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query;
7021 responses can be newline terminated. From Terry Kennedy of
7022 St. Peter's College.
7023 Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have
7024 $#mailer with nothing following. From Bryan Costales.
7025 Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue.
7026 Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University.
7027 Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros. Fix
7028 from Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7029 After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before
7030 processing each one. This avoids a certain form of denial
7031 of service attack. Potential attack pointed out by Bryan
7033 Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity
7034 checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and
7035 check_rcpt for RCPT commands. These rulesets can do anything
7036 they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the
7037 $#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed
7038 and the command is rejected. Similarly, the check_compat
7039 ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr"
7040 (the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses);
7041 it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient"
7042 notification. Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone
7044 Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port}
7045 that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively)
7046 of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of
7047 the connection. These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to
7048 verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your
7049 host inappropriately. Be sure to use the deferred evaluation
7050 form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound
7051 when sendmail reads the configuration file.
7052 Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection
7053 information. Like check_compat, it is passed the host name
7054 and host address separated by $| and can reject connections
7056 Allow IDA-style recursive function calls. Code contributed by Mark
7057 Lovell and Paul Vixie.
7058 Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create
7059 a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k
7060 macro. Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul
7062 Add Stanford LDAP map. Requires special libraries that are not
7063 included with sendmail. Contributed by Booker C. Bense
7064 <bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support.
7065 See also the src/READ_ME file.
7066 Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this
7067 puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video. Really useful
7068 only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to
7069 distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the
7070 two characters $, +.
7071 Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset,
7073 Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include:
7074 files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that
7075 is, programs and files referenced from such files are not
7077 Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a
7078 name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal. Problem
7080 Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate
7081 permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a
7082 single message it could be confusing. Suggested by John
7083 Beck of InReference, Inc.
7084 The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated
7085 with CRLF. Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure
7086 Computing Corporation.
7087 Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in
7088 message headers. Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best
7089 Internet Communications.
7090 Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are
7091 used internally, very strange errors can occur if those
7092 characters appear in headers. Problem noted by Anders Gertz
7094 Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions. This only takes place if the
7095 recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on
7096 text/plain body types. Code contributed by Marius Olafsson
7097 of the University of Iceland.
7098 Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower
7099 case in alias files regardless of configuration settings;
7100 this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or
7101 "POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster". In most cases
7102 this change is a no-op.
7103 The -o map flag was ignored for text maps. Problem noted by Bryan
7105 The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps. Problem noted by
7107 Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no
7108 response. Patch from Bryan Costales.
7109 Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections
7110 on LogLevel 14. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7111 Include port number in process title for network daemons. Suggested
7112 by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7113 Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error
7114 message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress
7115 option (default: postmaster). Previously they were always
7116 sent to postmaster. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7117 Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that
7118 it runs in foreground. This is useful for using with a
7119 wrapper that "watches" system services. Suggested by Kyle
7121 Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses
7122 when the comment comes before the address. Patch from
7123 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
7124 Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages
7125 that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned
7126 mail". This permits the person who is postmaster more
7127 easily determine what messages are to their role as
7128 postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent. Based
7129 on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura.
7130 Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue
7131 to be sorted strictly by the time of submission. Note that
7132 this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because
7133 large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with
7134 heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that
7135 are down delay processing of new jobs). Also, this does not
7136 guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order
7137 unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue. In general, it should
7138 probably only be used on the command line, and only in
7139 conjunction with -qRhost.domain. In fact, there are very few
7140 cases where it should be used at all. Based on an
7141 implementation by Motonori Nakamura.
7142 If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in
7143 the same manner as other rulesets. Previously a temporary
7144 failure in ruleset 5 was ignored. Patch from Booker Bense
7145 of Stanford University.
7146 Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a
7147 5yz (permanent failure) code. The next MX host will still be
7148 tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place
7149 or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code.
7150 (It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor
7151 RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.)
7152 Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc.
7153 Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file).
7154 This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g.,
7155 name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the
7156 message. This should only be used if your configuration file
7157 is prepared to do something sensible in this case. Based on
7158 an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
7159 Fix problem finding network interface addresses. Patch from
7161 Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if
7162 you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of
7163 certain kinds of firewall setups difficult. Patch
7164 suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm.
7165 Add persistent host status. This keeps the information normally
7166 maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are
7167 shared between sendmail instances. The HostStatusDirectory
7168 is the directory in which the information is maintained. If
7169 not set, persistent host status is turned off. If not a full
7170 pathname, it is relative to the queue directory. A common
7171 value is ".hoststat".
7172 There are also two new operation modes:
7173 * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent
7175 * -bH purges the host statuses. No attempt is made to save
7176 recent status information.
7177 This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie
7178 Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of
7179 Bigrock Consulting. Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience
7180 with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8
7181 framework is gratefully appreciated.
7182 New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to
7183 operate). Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine
7184 open connections to the same remote host at the same time.
7185 This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to
7186 be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge
7187 message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small
7188 messages). Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the
7189 lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce
7190 ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process
7191 file descriptors. Based on the persistent host status code
7192 contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell.
7193 Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the
7194 SafeFileEnvironment option is set. Problem noted by Bryan
7196 The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue
7197 file. Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
7198 If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
7199 the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be
7200 left around; these would collect in the queue directory.
7201 Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
7202 Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles
7203 based on release number. For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will
7204 search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then
7205 Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g.,
7206 adding $arch). Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta
7208 When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower
7209 case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on
7210 the map itself. Previously this was done based on the F=u
7211 flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases
7212 that you could never access. Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC.
7213 When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on
7214 failure or delay were always set. This caused those
7215 notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been
7216 specified. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University
7217 of Washington, Seattle.
7218 Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c). This
7219 lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from
7220 this host. If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return
7221 "550 Access denied". -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for
7222 TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line.
7223 (See src/READ_ME for details.)
7224 Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster
7225 bounces. Some people seemed to think that this could be
7226 confusing (even though it is true). Suggested by Motonori
7228 Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that
7229 user early in processing to avoid potential security problems.
7230 However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must
7231 be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be
7232 writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that
7233 user. It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment
7234 option. In other words, it may not actually add much to
7235 security. However, it should be useful on firewalls and other
7236 places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is
7238 Add Timeout.iconnect. This is like Timeout.connect except it is used
7239 only on the first attempt to delivery to an address. It could
7240 be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that
7241 the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less
7242 responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run.
7243 Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs
7244 (such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected
7245 to a UDP port. It also created some signal handling problems.
7246 The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2)
7247 and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+. I am
7248 indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix.
7249 Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery
7250 will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup. This adds
7251 fuzzy matching to the user map. Patch from Dan Oscarsson.
7252 The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a
7253 denial-of-service attack. Problem noted by Christophe
7255 Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed"
7256 notification. Suggested by Barry Bouwsma.
7257 Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy
7258 option is set, since this disables VERB mode. Suggested
7259 by John Hawkinson of MIT.
7260 Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set. Problem noted
7261 by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
7262 Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there
7263 were no successful opens. The previous behavior caused it
7264 to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found. Problem
7265 noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems
7266 and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore.
7267 Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that
7268 is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion;
7269 the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop.
7270 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington.
7271 Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value
7272 instead of 0644. Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the
7273 National University of Singapore.
7274 Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery. This helps
7275 detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the
7276 system can't cope with.
7278 Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western
7279 Atlas International.
7280 Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell
7282 On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only
7283 work on the first recipient of a message due to a
7284 bug in the getpwent family. If this is something you
7285 use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a
7286 workaround. From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C.
7287 Bernstein and Associates.
7288 FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing
7289 parentheses, which breaks makesendmail. Reported
7290 by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>.
7291 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of
7292 Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
7293 Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because
7294 it is system-dependent. Problem noted by J.J. Bailey
7295 of Bailey Computer Consulting.
7296 Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of
7297 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
7298 HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the
7299 U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited.
7300 NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew.
7301 SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
7302 IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of
7303 Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
7305 UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R.
7306 Lopez, CICA (Seville).
7307 NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR.
7308 PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor
7309 Employment Standards Administration.
7310 Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents.
7311 Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster
7313 NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases)
7314 from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting.
7315 ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler)
7316 from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
7317 Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand.
7318 NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla.
7319 NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT.
7320 Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis
7321 of the University of Arizona.
7322 Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid. Noted by David Linn of
7323 Vanderbilt University.
7324 Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh.
7325 Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist;
7326 this auto-detects. Based on a patch from Randall
7327 Winchester of the University of Maryland.
7328 CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file. Contributed by
7329 Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
7330 CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message''
7331 (where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously
7332 worked only on hosts). Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all
7334 CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals.
7335 CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that
7336 if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this
7337 should be transparent for most everyone. Suggested by John
7339 CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade). Without this feature, any
7340 domain listed in $=w is masqueraded. With it, only those
7341 domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded.
7342 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain). This causes
7343 masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all
7344 hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers
7345 themselves. For example, if a configuration had
7346 MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only
7347 foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be
7348 masqueraded as well. Based on an implementation by Richard
7349 (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas.
7350 CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of
7351 outgoing addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''.
7352 Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses. Yes,
7353 this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out
7354 just when to use which one may be tricky. Based on code
7355 contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates
7356 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7357 CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of
7358 incoming addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''.
7359 Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host
7360 part (with the @ sign). For example, a table containing:
7361 info@foo.com foo-info
7362 info@bar.com bar-info
7363 @baz.org jane@elsewhere.net
7364 would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info
7365 (which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com
7366 to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will
7367 be sent to jane@elsewhere.net. The names foo.com, bar.com,
7368 and baz.org must all be in $=w. Based on discussions with
7369 a great many people.
7370 CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS.
7371 Suggested by Richard Bainter.
7372 CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the
7374 CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this
7375 passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local
7376 mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do
7377 additional clever processing. From Joe Pruett of
7378 Teleport Corporation. Delivery to the original user can
7379 be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon).
7380 CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take
7381 "mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user;
7382 "local:user" can also be used to do local delivery. This
7383 applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries. Based
7384 on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet.
7385 CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that
7386 limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS
7387 lookups required to support this feature. For example,
7388 FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups
7389 to domains under my.site.com. Code contributed by Anthony
7390 Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>.
7391 CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets,
7392 such as the check_rcpt ruleset. Suggested by Gregory Shapiro
7394 CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the
7395 event you have to define local mailers. Suggested by
7396 Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
7397 CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could
7398 be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax. Based on a patch by
7399 Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>.
7400 CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is
7401 remotely connected. The address host!user was being
7402 converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay.
7403 Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
7404 CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect.
7405 CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to
7406 "User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the
7407 new address is still on the local host. Based on a suggestion
7409 CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users).
7410 However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root.
7411 Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
7412 CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe
7414 CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm.
7415 MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris. Note
7416 well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no
7417 Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are
7418 different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660),
7419 and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them
7420 match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer. Patches from Paul
7421 Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network.
7422 MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there
7423 was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file
7424 was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and
7425 the open. Problem reported by William Colburn of the New
7426 Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology.
7427 MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably. Patch from Bryan
7429 MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
7430 MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't
7431 honored. Fix from Michael Scott Shappe.
7432 PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
7434 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2
7435 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2
7436 src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion
7437 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x
7438 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x
7439 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20
7440 mailstats/mailstats.8
7441 praliases/praliases.8
7442 cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc
7443 cf/feature/genericstable.m4
7444 cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4
7445 cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4
7446 cf/feature/virtusertable.m4
7450 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4
7452 contrib/re-mqueue.pl
7454 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris
7458 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 => Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x
7459 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 => Makefile.SCO.4.2
7460 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS => Makefile.UXPDSV10
7461 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT => Makefile.NeXT.2.x
7462 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP => Makefile.NeXT.3.x
7464 8.7.6/8.7.3 1996/09/17
7465 SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the
7466 queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs
7467 as the default user. This is not exploitable from off-site.
7468 Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser
7469 (old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell.
7470 SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows
7471 a local user to get root. This is not known to be exploitable
7472 from off-site. The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands.
7474 8.7.5/8.7.3 1996/03/04
7475 Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can
7476 in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have
7477 extra spaces in odd places. Patch from Eric Wassenaar;
7478 reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen
7479 Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired,
7482 8.7.4/8.7.3 1996/02/18
7483 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
7484 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
7485 any user (except root).
7486 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
7487 version number is unchanged.
7489 8.7.3/8.7.3 1995/12/03
7490 Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused
7491 two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly. Fix
7492 from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7493 Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause
7494 negative array subscripting. Not a security problem since
7495 this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused
7496 core dumps. Pointed out by Bryan Costales.
7497 Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names. Pointed out by Bryan
7500 SCO doesn't have ftruncate. From Bill Aten of Computerizers.
7501 IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte
7502 order. Tweak it to work properly. Based on fixes
7503 from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of
7504 Stanford University.
7505 CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option.
7506 Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7508 8.7.2/8.7.2 1995/11/19
7509 REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage,
7510 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options. They were not
7511 properly repaired in 8.7.1.
7512 Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other
7513 valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the
7514 last being a historic botch, of course). If Bcc: is the
7515 only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed,
7516 but the header name is kept. The old behavior (always keep
7517 the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients
7518 to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_.
7519 Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set
7520 sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages. Suggested
7522 If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then
7523 continues on to another map type, but the name is not found,
7524 return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map.
7525 For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails
7526 with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files,
7527 but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not
7528 a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the
7529 failure in the hosts.files map. This error caused hard
7530 bounces when it should have requeued.
7531 Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo
7532 owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped
7533 working properly due to excessive paranoia. Pointed out by
7534 John Hawkinson of Panix.
7535 An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver
7536 timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and
7537 queued it locally). Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order
7538 to simplify queue management for clustered systems. Suggested
7539 by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. The same problem could break
7540 MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk
7541 -- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of
7543 Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring(). This was not a security
7544 problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this
7545 without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a
7546 good idea to avoid future problems. Problem noted by John
7547 Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT.
7548 ``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being
7549 printed. Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft.
7550 Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option
7551 is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs
7552 created. Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
7553 Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to
7554 be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher. Suggested
7555 by Randy Martin of Clemson University.
7556 Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and
7558 Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an
7559 alias. Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley
7560 of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
7561 If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that
7562 is returned could show some extraneous "success" information
7563 included even if the user did not request success notification,
7564 which was confusing. Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
7565 Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to
7566 using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient
7567 configurations. Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of
7568 having no local alias file unless it is declared. Problem
7569 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University.
7570 Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined. Pointed out by Bryan
7572 Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they
7573 should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps. Pointed
7574 out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>.
7575 Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5
7576 even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the
7577 address with an "@". Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan
7578 Technological University.
7579 When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with
7580 dots alone on a line by themselves. This is because of the
7581 preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong.
7582 Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7583 Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing. Pointed
7584 out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway).
7585 Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode).
7586 Requested by Allan Johannesen.
7587 Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal
7588 to have the database format of the alias files without the
7589 text version. Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist,
7591 If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly
7592 imported from the environment. Pointed out by Frank Crawford
7593 <frank@ansto.gov.au>.
7594 Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have
7595 extra arguments. Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford
7597 Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only
7598 the parent should do this. Fix from Brian Coan of the
7599 Association for Progressive Communications.
7600 If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run
7601 during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was
7602 reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that
7603 didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning
7604 even though it was fatal). The fix is to not return such
7605 messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next
7606 MinQueueAge interval. Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of
7608 Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions
7609 that have the hes_getmailhost() routine. DEC Hesiod
7610 distributions do not have this routine. Based on a patch
7611 from Betty Lee of Stanford University.
7612 Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition
7613 in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most
7614 non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures. This should solve the
7615 occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that
7616 has plagued me for quite some time. Based on a patch from
7617 Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University.
7619 Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from
7620 /usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings. From
7621 James B. Davis of TCI.
7622 DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm. From
7623 Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7624 HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x
7625 so that the makesendmail script will find it. Pointed
7626 out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland.
7627 Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which
7628 isn't supported on all compilers.
7629 UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez.
7630 CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless
7631 you also had a FAX_RELAY. From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE.
7632 CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name
7633 didn't have trailing dot. From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne.
7634 CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as
7635 user%host@thishost. From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen
7637 CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file.
7638 Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications.
7639 CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files,
7640 such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local). Based on
7641 a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing.
7642 CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that
7643 have already been set. Previously it worked differently
7644 for different files.
7645 CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did. My take
7646 is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems
7647 for some people. From Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7648 CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>;
7649 portability changes for Posix environments (no functional
7652 8.7.1/8.7.1 1995/10/01
7653 Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage,
7654 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash
7655 escapes in the options, where they previously had. Bug
7656 pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT.
7657 Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that
7658 returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this
7659 would give contradictory results in the higher level; in
7660 particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be
7661 ignored. Change to ignore the value if the program returns
7662 non-zero exit status. From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
7663 Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a
7664 bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine. Although
7665 this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution
7666 has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size
7667 internally (I know some vendors have shortened this
7668 dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular
7669 target. Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf.
7670 These both have possible security implications. Solutions
7671 suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group
7672 (Holland), Mark Seiden, and others.
7673 Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type)
7674 parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined
7675 results. This could have security implications.
7676 If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace()
7677 routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero.
7678 Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec.
7679 Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always
7680 sort first within a given preference. This forces the bestmx
7681 map to always return the local host first, if it is included
7682 in the list of highest priority MX records. From K. Robert
7684 Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences. Fixes from Randy
7685 Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU>
7686 When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified
7687 domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map
7688 (e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"),
7689 sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really
7690 really needs. This has been changed to fall through to the
7691 next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts
7692 file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the
7693 short name was found in /etc/hosts. This is probably a crock,
7694 but many people have hosts files without FQDNs. Remember:
7695 domain names are your friends.
7696 Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup.
7697 Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited.
7698 When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting.
7699 Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc.
7700 Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP
7701 connection timeout in the kernel. Add a new "connect" timeout
7702 to limit this time. Defaults to zero (use whatever the
7703 kernel provides). Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd
7705 Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly
7706 removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages.
7707 (This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.)
7708 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro
7711 On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting
7712 of sendmail.st location. Change the Makefile to
7713 install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE
7714 file and SGI standards. From Andre
7715 <andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>.
7716 Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series)
7717 from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>.
7718 Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc.
7719 LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura.
7720 SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old
7721 dbm library. The ndbm library is part of libc.
7722 CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with
7723 ``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration.
7724 Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7725 CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations --
7726 since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during
7727 rebuild. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7728 CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because
7729 otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is
7730 the sender. Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of
7731 Infobiogen (France).
7733 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
7734 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
7735 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS
7738 Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file
7739 descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a
7740 vfork. Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for
7741 Global Communications.
7742 Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some
7743 people seemed to think that it was too rude.
7744 Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK
7745 was not defined. This was used "safely" in the sense
7746 that it only did a stat, but it would have set the
7747 map modification time improperly. Problem pointed out
7748 by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
7749 Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return
7750 receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this
7752 Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is
7753 useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d".
7754 Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias
7755 file on systems with no database method compiled in.
7756 If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it
7757 up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts
7758 compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and
7759 RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally.
7760 Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of
7762 Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP.
7763 There is nothing that says you can't have a long
7764 running program piped into sendmail (possibly via
7765 /bin/mail, which just execs sendmail). Problem reported
7766 by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7767 Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I
7768 is not set. This allows you to have hosts listed in
7769 NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS. It's normally
7770 a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines. This
7771 should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose.
7772 Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function
7773 prototypes. From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7774 Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused
7775 by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using
7776 $[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate
7777 times. From Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7778 SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying
7779 the alias database file by setting resource limits low.
7780 This involves adding two new compile-time options:
7781 HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is
7782 available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support
7783 is available -- the Release 3 form is used). The former
7784 is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System
7785 V-based systems. Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of
7786 Swarthmore University.
7787 New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode:
7788 ``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value".
7789 ``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c".
7790 ``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated
7792 ``=M'' will display the known mailers.
7793 ``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line
7795 ``$m'' will print the value of macro $m.
7796 ``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c.
7797 ``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''.
7798 ``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of
7799 crackaddr (essentially, the comment information)
7800 and the parsed address.
7801 ``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form
7802 it will have when presented to the indicated mailer.
7803 ``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing. The
7804 flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope,
7805 and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient. These
7806 can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header
7808 ``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and
7810 ``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated
7811 `mapname' and return the result.
7812 Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it
7813 should show the pathname rather than hex bytes.
7814 Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses
7815 the header for envelope sender information and uses
7816 CR-LF as message terminators. It was thought to be
7817 obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it
7818 turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require
7820 Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname
7821 return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify
7822 that name fails, wait one minute and try again. This can
7823 result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system
7824 hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names
7825 listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot.
7826 Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per
7827 RFC 1123 section 5.2.5. Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III
7828 of Michigan Technological University.
7829 Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you
7830 can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is,
7831 if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that
7832 chown is not safe. The new version falls back to whether
7833 you are on a BSD system or not. This is important for
7834 SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those
7835 error codes. This impacts whether you can mail to files
7837 Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration
7838 file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the
7839 syntax error in the config file. Change to always print
7840 the error message. It was especially weird because it
7841 would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster
7842 for every message sent (but with no transcript). Problem
7843 noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola.
7844 Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including
7845 zero bytes. These changes are internally extensive, but
7846 should have minimal impact on external function.
7847 Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is
7848 (apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g.,
7850 The full list of old and new names is as follows:
7856 b MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize
7857 C CheckpointInterval
7859 D AutoRebuildAliases
7872 k ConnectionCacheSize
7873 K ConnectionCacheTimeout
7900 The old macros that passed information into sendmail have
7901 been changed to options; those correspondences are:
7902 $e SmtpGreetingMessage
7905 $q (deleted -- not necessary)
7906 To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail,
7907 configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of
7908 sendmail; any config file using the new names should
7909 specify "V6" in the configuration.
7910 Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a
7911 colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same
7912 as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should
7913 treat them as comments). This is to handle the
7914 ``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will
7915 assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first
7916 address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address).
7917 This requires config file support to get right. It does
7918 understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned
7919 off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option.
7920 Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags:
7921 A Addresses are aliasable.
7922 i Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header
7923 sender lines. Applies to the from address mailer
7924 flags rather than the recipient mailer flags.
7925 j Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses.
7926 Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the
7927 recipient mailer flags.
7928 k Disable check for loops when doing HELO command.
7929 o Always run as the mail recipient, even on local
7931 w Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user.
7932 5 Pass addresses through ruleset 5.
7933 : Check for :include: on this address.
7934 | Check for |program on this address.
7935 / Check for /file on this address.
7936 @ Look up sender header addresses in the user
7937 database. Applies to the mailer flags for the
7938 mailer corresponding to the envelope sender
7939 address, rather than to recipient mailer flags.
7940 Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @
7941 on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*"
7942 mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option.
7943 Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions. This borrows ideas from
7944 John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed
7945 their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see
7946 mime.c for an explanation of why). This adds the
7947 EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag
7948 to control handling of 8-bit data. These have to cope with
7949 two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is,
7950 8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit
7951 MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the
7952 specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared
7953 as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the
7954 -B8BITMIME command line flag). If the F=8 mailer flag is
7955 set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines
7956 instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using
7957 just-send-8 semantics). The values for EightBitMode are:
7958 m convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do
7959 any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT
7960 (essentially, the full MIME option).
7961 p pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled
7962 8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default).
7963 s strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input,
7964 convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required. The F=8
7966 Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of
7968 Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types
7969 which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other
7970 considerations. Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are
7971 never directly encoded (although their components can be).
7972 Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the
7973 MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though
7974 they are an RFC822 message. It is predefined to have
7975 "rfc822". Suggested By Kari Hurtta.
7976 Add new internal class 'e'. This is the set of MIME
7977 Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to
7978 a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64). It is
7979 preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary".
7980 Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no
7981 short name) to set the default character set to use in the
7982 Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message
7983 which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format. If the C=
7984 parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as
7985 the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option.
7986 If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as
7987 suggested by RFC 1428 section 3.
7988 Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default
7989 user and group that a mailer will be executed as. This
7990 overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is
7991 also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that
7992 is, the controlling address is ignored). The values may be
7993 numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no
7994 group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used
7995 as the group. Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of
7997 Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same
7998 fashion as the U= mailer option.
7999 Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as
8000 a comment). This adds a new compile-time configuration
8001 flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value
8002 of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value
8003 of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char
8004 *tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use
8005 timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment). Code
8006 from Chip Rosenthal.
8007 The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions.
8010 There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and
8011 "queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option. Thus, to
8012 set them both the preferred new syntax is
8013 O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d
8014 O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h
8015 Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the
8016 QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to
8017 ``host''. This makes better use of the connection cache,
8018 but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large
8019 backlogs under some circumstances. This is probably a
8020 good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots
8021 of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using
8022 something like PPP on a 14.4 modem. Based on code
8023 contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main
8024 contribution was to make it configurable).
8025 Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue
8026 after disastrous disk crash. Suggested by Kyle Jones of
8027 UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written
8028 by Paul Vixie. NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7
8029 are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert
8030 from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction.
8031 Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in
8032 route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases
8033 they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as
8035 Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this
8037 Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or
8038 *-request addresses. Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel
8039 of the Institut Pasteur, Paris.
8040 Allow -O command line flag to set long form options.
8041 Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts
8042 to run the queue. For example, if the queue interval
8043 (-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age
8044 is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than
8045 once every fifteen minutes. This can be used to give
8046 you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to
8048 Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening
8049 :include: and .forward files.
8050 Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the
8051 key field name, the value field name, and the field
8052 delimiter. The field delimiter can be a single character
8053 or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline.
8054 These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods.
8055 Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag
8056 turns off this behavior. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8057 Add "nisplus" map class. Takes -k and -v flags to choose the
8058 key and value field names respectively. Code donated by
8060 Add "hesiod" map class. The "file name" is used as the
8061 "HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3). Returns the
8062 first value found for the match. Code donated by Scott
8063 Hutton of Indiana University.
8064 Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class. Maps can have a -k flag to
8065 specify the name of the property that is searched as the
8066 key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that
8067 is returned as the value (defaults to "members"). The
8068 default map is "/aliases". Some code based on code
8069 contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
8070 Add "text" map class. This does slow, linear searches through
8071 text files. The -z flag specifies a column delimiter
8072 (defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag
8073 sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the
8074 value column number. Lines beginning with `#' are treated
8076 Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs. The search
8077 key is presented as the last argument; the output is one
8078 line read from the programs standard output. Exit statuses
8079 are from sysexits.h.
8080 Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it
8081 finds a match. For example, the declarations:
8084 Kmapseq sequence map1 map2
8085 defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the
8086 value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise
8087 map2 is searched and the value returned.
8088 Add "switch" map class. This is much like "sequence" except that
8089 the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually
8090 the system service switch. The parameter is the name of
8091 the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use
8092 are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type".
8093 For example, if the declaration of the map is
8094 Ksample switch hosts
8095 and the system service switch specifies that hosts are
8096 looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is
8098 Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis
8099 The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined.
8100 Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam. Takes a
8101 "-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd
8102 entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid,
8103 gecos, dir, and shell. Generally expected to be used with
8104 the -m (matchonly) flag.
8105 Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host
8106 listed as the value. If there are several "best" MX records
8107 for this host, one will be chosen at random.
8108 Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database.
8109 The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used,
8110 typically "mailname". If there are multiple entries
8111 matching the name, the one chosen is undefined.
8112 Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning). These are
8113 set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of
8114 three values. If a Priority: is set and has value "normal",
8115 "urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are
8116 used. If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted;
8117 if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than
8118 zero, urgent timeouts are used. Otherwise, normal timeouts
8119 are used. The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts
8120 queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}.
8121 Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer
8122 with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP,
8123 but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded.
8124 This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead
8125 of queueing it (queueing is very hard).
8126 When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that
8127 the first name in the list is the best one -- instead,
8128 search for the first one with a dot. For example, if
8129 an /etc/hosts entry reads
8130 128.32.149.68 mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU
8131 this change will use the second name as the canonical
8132 machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name.
8133 Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value
8134 indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition.
8135 For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change
8136 "Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it
8137 quoted (because of the space character). Suggested by Dan
8138 Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses.
8139 Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can
8140 be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}.
8141 Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''. Names that have
8142 a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are
8143 reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files
8144 should use names that begin with a capital letter. Based
8145 on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson.
8146 Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed
8147 to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list
8148 with no members). Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
8149 Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc
8150 failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called
8151 xalloc.... The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages.
8152 Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University.
8153 Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even
8154 checked if you were delivering to anything other than an
8155 IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail
8156 deliveries could cause cached connections to be open
8157 much longer than the specified timeout.
8158 If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop
8159 writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since
8160 this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible
8161 denial-of-service attack.
8162 Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is
8163 defined. It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric
8164 user names. Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
8165 Add service switch support. If the local OS has a service
8166 switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf
8167 on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back
8168 to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile
8169 option (default: /etc/service.switch). For example, if the
8170 service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases
8171 service, that will be the default lookup order. the "files"
8172 ("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files
8173 you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't
8174 actually file lookups.
8175 Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer"
8176 variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered
8177 canonical. This is now determined based on whether or not
8178 "dns" is in the service list for "hosts".
8179 Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery
8180 Status Notifications). DSN notifications override
8181 Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow --
8182 support for them has been removed.
8183 Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer
8184 definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for
8185 MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively.
8186 Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the
8187 five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting
8188 message (not just the second line). This is to provide
8189 better compatibility with other ESMTP servers.
8190 Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can
8191 easily see how much progress you have made. Suggested
8192 by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
8193 Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of
8194 syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines.
8195 Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas.
8196 Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into
8197 multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this
8198 also improves the connection cache utilization.
8199 Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for
8200 the purposes of refusing to send error returns. Suggested
8201 by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University.
8202 Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from
8203 the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the
8204 real uid/gid. This allows you to create a file owned by
8205 and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work
8206 all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set). Change
8207 suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun
8209 Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra"
8210 delay for dial on demand systems. If this is non-zero
8211 and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and
8212 then try again. If it takes longer than the kernel
8213 timeout interval to establish the connection, this
8214 option can give the network software time to establish
8215 the link. The default units are seconds.
8216 Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible;
8217 previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail
8218 sent to aliases. Suggested by Brad Knowles of the
8219 Defense Information Systems Agency.
8220 Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by
8221 BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told. From Douglas Anderson of
8222 the National Computer Security Center.
8223 Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling
8224 you how long it took to deliver to this address on the
8225 last try. It is intended to be used for sorting mailing
8226 lists to favor "quick" addresses. Provided for use by
8227 the mailprio scripts (see below).
8228 If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and
8229 an address requires that map for resolution, queue the
8230 map instead of bouncing it. This involves creating a
8231 pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required
8232 map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map;
8233 all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail". The
8234 bogus-map class is not directly accessible. A sample
8235 implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow
8236 University Computing Service.
8237 Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks
8238 SMTP on its standard input. Fix from Keith Moore of
8239 the University of Kentucky.
8240 Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename;
8241 previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized
8242 as a file. Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis.
8243 Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon. This only works if
8244 argv[0] is a full path to sendmail.
8245 Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines
8246 -- the network number wasn't being converted to network
8247 byte order. Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies
8249 Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with
8250 BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get
8251 reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time
8252 out. Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft.
8253 Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of
8254 locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not
8255 an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added. This really
8256 just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name"
8257 can be used to read trusted user names from a file.
8258 Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even
8259 if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells.
8260 Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them
8261 properly if they do not already exist. This had been
8262 a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9.
8263 Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid
8264 (but not prevent, sigh) race conditions. This ought to
8265 be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't. Suggested by
8266 Michael Beirne of Motorola.
8267 Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem
8268 holding the queue. Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf
8270 Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file
8271 when checking for file permissions iff setreuid()
8272 succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case. This avoids
8273 significant performance problems when looking for .forward
8274 files. Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC.
8275 Allow symbolic ruleset names. Syntax can be "Sname" to get an
8276 arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer"
8277 to assign a specific ruleset number. Reference is
8278 $>name_or_number. Names can be composed of alphas, digits,
8279 underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric).
8280 Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional.
8281 From Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8282 Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is
8283 no legal recipient header in the message. It can take
8285 None Leave the message as is. The
8286 message will be passed on even
8287 though it is in technically
8289 Add-To Add a To: header with any
8290 recipients that it can find from
8291 the envelope. This risks exposing
8293 Add-Apparently-To Add an Apparently-To: header. This
8294 has almost no redeeming social value,
8295 and is provided only for back
8297 Add-To-Undisclosed Add a header reading
8298 To: undisclosed-recipients:;
8299 which will have the effect of
8300 making the message legal without
8301 exposing Bcc: recipients.
8302 Add-Bcc To add an empty Bcc: header.
8303 There is a chance that mailers down
8304 the line will delete this header,
8305 which could cause exposure of Bcc:
8307 The default is NoRecipientAction=None.
8308 Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header. This
8309 should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't
8310 themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to
8311 be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind
8312 recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom.
8313 Add SafeFileEnvironment option. If declared, files named as delivery
8314 targets must be regular files in addition to the regular
8315 checks. Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as
8316 the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2)
8317 environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an
8318 alias or forward should include the name of this root.
8319 For example, if you run with
8320 O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch
8321 then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path". If a
8322 value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to
8323 /usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the
8324 queue as Qfxxxxxx). Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit.
8325 Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like
8326 entries. For example, given the aliases:
8329 and an alias file declared as:
8330 OAhash:-A /etc/aliases
8331 the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2";
8332 without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent
8333 alias for "list". Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8334 Line-buffer transcript file. Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys.
8335 Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in
8336 some special circumstances. Problem pointed out by Allan
8338 (Internal change.) Change interface to expand() (macro expansion)
8339 to be simpler and more consistent.
8340 Delete check for funny qf file names. This didn't really give
8341 any extra security and caused some people some problems.
8342 (If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK
8343 at compile time.) Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
8344 (Internal change.) Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and
8345 merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent.
8346 This may affect some people who have written their own
8347 checkcompat() routine.
8348 (Internal change.) Eliminate `D' line in qf file. The df file
8349 is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with
8350 the `q' changed to a `d', of course).
8351 Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as
8352 "expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems.
8353 Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode
8354 if all it is going to do is queue anyway.
8355 Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances
8356 (specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary
8357 failure but the connection is lost before the DATA
8358 command). Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing
8360 Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme:
8361 Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch,
8362 where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is
8363 the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine
8364 architecture (e.g., sun4). Any of these can be omitted,
8365 and anything after the first dot in a release number can
8366 be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4). The previous
8367 version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general.
8368 Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory
8369 when it is being created. This involves adding an empty
8370 "depend:" entry in most Makefiles.
8371 Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER",
8372 as indicated by RFC 1413. Pointed out by Kari Hurtta
8373 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
8374 Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command
8375 on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons).
8376 Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo.
8377 Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of
8379 Log Authentication-Warning:s. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8380 Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers
8381 to canonify addresses in headers on the fly. This is still
8382 a rather ugly heuristic. From Motonori Nakamura.
8383 Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX
8384 records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX
8385 lookups are done for addressing they must be fully
8386 qualified. This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record,
8387 although it may cause other problems. In general, don't use
8388 wildcard MX records. Patch from Motonori Nakamura.
8389 Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message. Instead of
8390 adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP"
8391 is added between the first and second word of the first
8392 line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the
8393 host name). This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS
8394 compile flag. Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's
8395 acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that
8396 old sendmails understand.
8397 Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1
8398 invoked state dumps. From Masaharu Onishi.
8399 Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are
8400 introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP>
8401 is a space or a tab. This is intended for native
8402 representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where
8403 existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose
8404 data -- for example,
8405 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori
8406 (romanized/less information)
8407 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?=
8408 =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?=
8409 (with MIME encoding, not human readable)
8410 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B
8411 (native encoding with ISO-2022-JP)
8412 The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment.
8413 Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura.
8414 Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all
8415 messages to that host; these are most frequently associated
8416 with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of
8417 421 (service shutting down). The effect was to cause queues
8418 to sometimes take an excessive time to flush. Reported by
8419 Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and
8420 Eric Prestemon of American University.
8421 Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will
8422 run. This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an
8423 increment on the background value).
8424 Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads. They are logged
8425 at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8. Contributed
8426 by Bruce Nagel of Data General.
8427 Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code
8428 instead of an sysexits status code in the host part.
8429 Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code.
8430 Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable
8431 to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system
8432 in addition to the set required by RFC 1521. The additional
8433 characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~.
8434 (Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.)
8435 Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE]
8436 rather than looking for the mailer named *file*. The mapping
8437 of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer. This
8438 allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate
8439 program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header
8440 or do special security policy. However, note that the usual
8441 initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and
8442 the program in question needs to be very careful about how
8443 it does the file write to avoid security problems.
8444 Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to
8445 regular users. This is disrecommended because sendmail
8446 sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option
8447 is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be
8448 safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for
8449 whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link.
8450 Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories.
8451 Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts
8452 file. This is used for canonifying hostnames when the
8453 service type is "files".
8454 Implement programs on F (read class from file) line. The syntax is
8455 Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program
8457 Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this
8458 host. Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call. Code
8459 contributed by SunSoft.
8460 Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment
8461 variables into children. "E<envar>" will propagate
8462 the named variable from the environment when sendmail
8463 was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>"
8464 sets the named variable to the indicated value. Any
8465 variables not explicitly named will not be in the child
8466 environment. However, sendmail still forces an
8467 "AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce
8468 at least one environment variable, since many programs and
8469 libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed.
8470 Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of
8471 alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring
8472 "/yp/" in the file name. This is more portable and involves
8473 less overhead. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8474 Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose
8475 jobs in large queue runs. The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter
8476 is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which
8477 should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option,
8478 which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever
8479 be handled in a single queue run. Based on code contributed
8480 by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
8481 Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum
8482 message size. Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech.
8483 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without
8484 an X-Authentication-Warning: added. Suggested by Mark Thomas
8485 of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
8486 Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the
8487 OS-dependent defines). The old semantic of -d0.1 to not
8488 run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100,
8489 and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing
8490 all output files) has been moved to 52.100. This makes
8491 things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change
8492 semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that
8493 it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging
8495 If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an
8496 error message rather than just doing nothing. Fix from
8498 On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily
8499 included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the
8500 `restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized
8501 user to not be able to use `mailq'. Fix from Charles Hannum
8503 Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers. Suggested by
8504 Gerry Magennis of Logica International.
8505 Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs
8506 when running DNS. For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is
8507 a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in
8508 the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG"
8509 if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set.
8510 This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the
8511 IETF is moving toward legalizing it. Note that turning on
8512 this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream
8513 neighbor won't rewrite the address for you.
8514 Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object
8515 directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do
8517 Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try
8518 to detect attacks against the qf file. In particular,
8519 abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of
8520 file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited.
8521 Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor
8522 choices. This can be overridden in the Makefile by using
8523 either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location
8524 (to the extent that we know it) or by defining
8525 _PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override"). This allows
8526 sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions.
8527 Allow macros on `K' line in config file. Suggested by Andrew Chang
8528 of Sun Microsystems.
8529 Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar. This one
8530 is at least 50% faster.
8531 Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a
8532 transient error. Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell
8534 Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for
8535 classes. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8536 Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead
8537 of dropping out entirely. This makes testing some of the
8538 name server lookups easier to deal with when there are
8539 hung servers. From Motonori Nakamura.
8540 Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode
8541 (e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.). Suggested by
8542 Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>.
8543 Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs.
8544 Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid
8545 any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that
8546 want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued. For
8547 this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname
8548 of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup.
8549 Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of
8551 Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2)
8553 Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could
8554 not send for past N days". Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T
8555 Global Information Solutions.
8556 Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only.
8557 From Motonori Nakamura.
8558 Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags. From
8560 Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end
8561 or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple.
8562 Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad
8563 address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP
8564 site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response
8565 to the final dot of the data. Problem reported by David
8566 James of British Telecom.
8567 Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work. Patches
8568 from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS.
8569 Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites
8570 that list the same host twice in an MX list. This deletion
8571 only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that
8572 had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had
8573 A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B. This is intentional,
8574 just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of.
8575 Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die.
8576 SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links. If they are,
8577 a bad guy can read your private files.
8579 Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>.
8580 System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan
8581 University. This expands the disk size
8582 checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations.
8583 System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3)
8584 and setrlimit(2) are both available.
8585 System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions
8586 apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles."
8587 Linux Makefile typo.
8588 Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 --
8589 from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia.
8590 More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State
8592 Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar: ``On Cray, shorts,
8593 ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs
8594 are multiples of 64 bits. This means that the
8595 sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8.
8596 This requires adaptation of code that really
8597 deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP
8598 addresses or nameserver fields.''
8599 DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>. To
8600 get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2.
8601 DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment
8602 variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior.
8603 Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>.
8604 This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile
8606 Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to
8607 match all the other configuration files. Fix
8608 from Glenn Barry of Emory University.
8609 Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c. Fix from Alain
8610 Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium.
8611 Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect. Fix from
8612 Takashi Kizu of Osaka University.
8613 SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the
8614 emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername"
8615 doesn't require reading the file. Fix from Peter
8617 Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation
8618 library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where
8619 they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the
8620 socket clears the problem. Fix from Bob Manson
8621 of Ohio State University.
8622 Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability
8623 fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba
8625 AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Schöpf
8626 of Zentrum für Datenverarbeitung der Universität
8628 AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard.
8629 SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the
8631 ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project).
8632 Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers
8634 DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General.
8635 IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of
8636 Rochester Medical Center.
8637 Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos
8638 did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line;
8639 their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and
8640 Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from
8641 Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>.
8642 OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson
8643 <jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems
8645 Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson
8646 <janet@dialix.oz.au>.
8647 System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain
8649 HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from
8650 Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University.
8651 Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation.
8652 Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North
8653 Dakota, Scientific Computing Center.
8654 Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications.
8655 ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel.
8656 IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre.
8657 ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey.
8658 HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud
8660 HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>.
8661 IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta.
8662 FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation.
8663 Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura.
8664 Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura.
8665 NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura.
8666 NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales.
8667 AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer.
8668 HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard.
8669 Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a
8670 non-DEC resolver. Suggested by Allan Johannesen.
8671 UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical
8672 University of Brno (Czech Republic).
8673 KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University
8675 UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC.
8676 MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases
8677 in type ``btree'' maps. The semantics of this are undefined
8678 for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database.
8679 MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail
8680 lookups while the rebuild is going on. There is a race
8681 condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock
8682 on the file, but it should be quite small.
8683 SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release. This can
8684 be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer,
8685 giving the local administrator more control over what
8686 programs can be run from sendmail.
8687 MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape. It is not really
8688 part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in
8689 particular, it does not run on System V based systems and
8691 CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon
8692 to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have
8693 function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf.
8694 CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing
8695 lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that
8696 respond quickly get sent first. This is to prevent very
8697 sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail.
8698 Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI.
8699 CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders
8700 of BSDI. This has a lot of comments to help people out.
8701 CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead,
8702 put this on the m4 command line. On GNU m4 (which
8703 supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an
8704 arbitrary directory -- use either:
8705 m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
8707 m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
8708 On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you
8710 m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ...
8711 (Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.)
8712 Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back
8714 CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to
8715 MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses.
8716 CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host
8717 names. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
8718 CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration.
8719 From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore
8721 CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address.
8722 CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not
8723 just unqualified ones.
8724 CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it
8725 was never used and didn't work anyway.
8726 CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer
8727 and d on all mailers in the UUCP class.
8728 CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first
8729 look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and
8730 finally for "user". This is intended for forwarding mail
8731 for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a
8733 CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above).
8734 CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set.
8735 The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since
8736 this is expected to be another sendmail.
8737 CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with
8738 the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the
8739 wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections),
8740 and this can create unreplyable addresses. From Chip
8741 Rosenthal of Unicom.
8742 CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the
8743 Received: header inserted into all messages. Suggested by
8744 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
8745 CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost)
8746 to get the old behavior. I did this upon observing
8747 that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the
8748 concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with
8749 some user agents anyway. FEATURE(notsticky) still works,
8751 CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user
8752 names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them
8754 CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS,
8755 and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the
8756 indicated mailers. All default to "IPC $h". Patch from
8757 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
8758 CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects
8759 on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate
8760 return-path. From Kimmo Suominen.
8761 CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program
8762 as the local mailer. For addresses of the form "user+detail"
8763 the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag.
8764 Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
8765 CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for
8766 use from mailertables. This lets you execute arbitrary
8767 procmail scripts. Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
8768 CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers.
8769 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent. From
8770 Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support.
8771 CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f.
8772 This causes the null return path to be rewritten as
8773 MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused.
8774 From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden.
8775 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that
8776 list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as
8777 though they were local (essentially, assume that they
8778 are included in $=w). This can cause additional DNS
8779 traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your
8780 local model. It does not work reliably if there are
8781 multiple hosts that share the best MX preference.
8782 Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers.
8783 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted
8784 SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery
8785 to programs. If an argument is included, it is used as
8786 the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is
8788 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the
8789 size of messages to the local and procmail mailers
8790 respectively. Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense
8791 Information Systems Agency.
8792 CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments
8793 (just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to
8794 properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax.
8795 CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to
8796 any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro
8797 so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use
8798 the Berkeley defaults. Also, create some generic files
8799 that really can be used in the real world.
8800 CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for
8801 messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET,
8802 SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET.
8803 CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency.
8804 The old name will still be accepted for a while at least.
8805 CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET
8806 mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent.
8807 As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''. Suggested
8809 CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support. Code contributed
8810 by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services.
8811 CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor
8812 performance for large alias files, and this confused many
8814 CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the
8815 configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup.
8816 CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it
8817 would only work when locally addressed. Fix from
8818 Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services.
8819 CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option
8820 "n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database.
8821 Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier.
8822 CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form
8823 ``error:code message''. The ``code'' is a status code
8824 derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE.
8825 Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>.
8826 CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of
8827 sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name.
8828 These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes
8829 through with sender addresses in those domains they will be
8830 replaced by the masquerade name. These can also be specified
8831 in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename).
8832 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope
8833 as well as the header. Substantial improvements to this
8834 code were contributed by Per Hedeland.
8835 CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be
8836 accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups. Contributed
8838 CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be
8839 used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support).
8840 Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon.
8841 CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for
8842 UUCP addressing. Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
8845 cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc
8847 cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc
8848 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc
8849 cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc
8850 cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc
8851 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc
8852 cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc
8853 cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc
8855 cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4
8856 cf/domain/generic.m4
8857 cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4
8858 cf/feature/local_procmail.m4
8859 cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4
8861 cf/feature/stickyhost.m4
8862 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4
8866 cf/mailer/phquery.m4
8867 cf/mailer/procmail.m4
8868 cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4
8869 cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4
8874 cf/ostype/unknown.m4
8877 contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch
8878 mail.local/mail.local.0
8884 src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS
8885 src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V
8886 src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10
8887 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x
8888 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64
8889 src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC
8890 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR
8891 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x
8892 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x
8893 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP
8894 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX
8895 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon
8896 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2
8897 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3
8898 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4
8899 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5
8900 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386
8901 src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV
8902 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800
8910 cf/cf/alpha.mc => cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc
8911 cf/cf/chez.mc => cf/cf/chez.cs.mc
8912 cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc
8913 cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc
8914 cf/cf/s2k.mc => cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc
8915 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc
8916 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc
8917 cf/cf/vangogh.mc => cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc
8918 cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 => cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4
8919 cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 => cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
8920 cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 => cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
8921 cf/domain/s2k.m4 => cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4
8922 cf/ostype/hpux.m4 => cf/ostype/hpux9.m4
8923 cf/ostype/irix.m4 => cf/ostype/irix4.m4
8924 cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 => cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4
8925 src/Makefile.* => src/Makefiles/Makefile.*
8926 src/Makefile.AUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX
8927 src/Makefile.BSDI => src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS
8928 src/Makefile.DGUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux
8929 src/Makefile.RISCos => src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS
8930 src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 => src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0
8935 cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc
8937 cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc
8938 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc
8939 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc
8940 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc
8941 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc
8942 cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4
8943 contrib/rcpt-streaming
8944 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
8946 8.6.13/8.6.12 1996/01/25
8947 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
8948 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
8949 any user (except root).
8950 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
8951 version number is unchanged.
8953 8.6.12/8.6.12 1995/03/28
8954 Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer
8955 too small, so nothing was ever accepted). Fix from several
8956 people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the
8957 Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of
8958 Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of
8960 Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of
8961 file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather
8964 8.6.11/8.6.11 1995/03/08
8965 The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often
8966 than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent.
8967 The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack''
8968 message when attempted from IDENT.
8969 In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when
8970 reporting the ``possible attack'' message. This can
8971 cause denial of service attacks. Truncate the message
8972 to 80 characters to prevent this problem.
8973 When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the
8974 read from the network to ensure that you don't get
8976 Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null
8977 shell) wouldn't match as "ok". Problem noted by
8979 When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the
8980 _res.options field is initialized differently than it
8981 was historically -- this requires that sendmail call
8982 res_init before it tweaks any bits.
8983 Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode
8984 and the stdio mode passed to fdopen. This caused UnixWare
8985 2.0 to have conniptions. Fix from Martin Sohnius of
8987 Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when
8988 using GNU's ld command. Fix from John Kennedy of
8990 It was possible to turn off privacy flags. Problem noted by
8992 Be more paranoid about writing files. Suggestions by *Hobbit*
8993 and Liudvikas Bukys.
8994 MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular)
8995 from Spider Boardman.
8996 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
8999 8.6.10/8.6.10 1995/02/10
9000 SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that
9001 could allow trash to get into headers and qf files.
9002 Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol.
9003 Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally
9004 bogus information. Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell
9005 of the Free Software Foundation. Has some security
9007 Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when
9008 the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly
9009 because it was passed as a printf-style format string.
9010 In some cases this could cause core dumps.
9011 Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error
9012 message is quite long. From Fletcher Mattox of the
9013 University of Texas.
9014 Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error
9015 messages if and only if you were sending to an alias.
9016 From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and
9017 Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory.
9018 Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was
9019 set and e->e_message was null. Fix from Bruce Nagel of
9021 Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around
9022 after "hop count exceeded" messages. Fix from Andrew
9023 Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft.
9024 Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long
9025 user names (as might occur if you piped to a program
9026 with a lot of arguments).
9027 Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature
9028 is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''.
9029 Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of
9031 Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned
9032 off. Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire
9033 Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM),
9034 Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky
9036 Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in
9037 some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups
9038 causing it to do unexpected things. This also simplifies
9039 some of the map code.
9040 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
9043 8.6.9/8.6.9 1994/04/19
9044 Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal.
9045 This provides consistency with daemon delivery and
9046 may have some security implications.
9047 Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size,
9048 since that fails on some systems. Reported by Ed
9049 Hill of the University of Iowa.
9050 Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message). Reported
9051 by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company.
9052 Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it
9053 is trying to open is optional. From Win Bent of USC.
9054 Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment.
9055 Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of
9056 Colorado. Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U
9058 Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that
9059 is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called
9060 sendmail -bs from inetd. Based on code contributed by
9061 Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer
9062 of Dakota State University). This also fixes a related
9063 problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of
9065 Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with
9066 variant versions can use them easily. Suggested by
9067 Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems.
9068 SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two
9069 spaces between parameters instead of one. Reported by
9070 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
9071 Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by
9072 using global timeouts around the collect() loop. This
9073 code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar.
9074 If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name
9075 without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration)
9076 and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get
9077 the canonical name. This should make life easier for
9078 Solaris systems. If it still can't be resolved, and
9079 if the name server is listed as "required", try again
9080 in 30 seconds. If that also fails, exit immediately to
9081 avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself"
9083 Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error
9084 message to explain how much space was available and
9085 sound a bit less threatening. Suggested by Stan Janet
9086 of the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
9087 If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any
9088 requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the
9089 Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message.
9090 This prevents a certain class of denial of service
9091 attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and
9092 moves things more towards what will probably become a
9093 network standard. Suggested by Christopher Davis of
9095 Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts
9096 without recompiling.
9097 Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message
9098 if there are errors during parsing. This change is
9100 Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of
9101 SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets
9102 confused by this. Of course, I think it's their bug....
9103 Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting
9104 lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection;
9105 if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message,
9106 and drops core for debugging. This is an attempt to
9107 track down a bug that I thought was long since gone.
9108 If you see this, please forward the log fragment to
9109 sendmail@sendmail.ORG.
9110 Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off
9111 with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line. From Christophe
9113 Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server
9114 SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close
9115 the port completely and reopen it later as needed.
9116 This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection
9117 refused" response, and that the connection can be
9118 recovered later. In particular, some socket emulations
9119 seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue
9120 size around and can never start listening to connections
9121 again. The down side is that someone could start up
9122 another daemon process in the interim, so you could
9123 have multiple daemons all not listening to connections;
9124 this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be
9125 incorrect. A better approach might be to accept the
9126 connection and give a 421 code, but that could break
9127 other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior
9129 Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to
9130 set debugging on the wrong socket. From Eric Wassenaar.
9131 When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any
9132 existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes
9133 and the like could result in extra data being sent.
9134 DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the
9135 doc directory. This includes some additional
9137 CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front
9138 of recipient envelope addresses. This should have been
9139 handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were
9140 mixing domainized and UUCP addresses. They should
9141 probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom
9142 instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to
9143 loop the mail, which was bad news.
9145 Newer BSDI systems (several people).
9146 Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel.
9147 Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet.
9148 UnixWare, from Evan Champion.
9149 NetBSD from Adam Glass.
9150 Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of
9151 Newcastle upon Tyne.
9152 IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre
9154 NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation.
9155 SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from
9156 Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
9157 HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist.
9160 src/Makefile.NCR3000
9161 doc/changes/Makefile
9162 doc/changes/changes.me
9163 doc/changes/changes.ps
9165 8.6.8/8.6.6 1994/03/21
9166 SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the
9167 E (error message) option. Reported by Richard Jones;
9168 fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel.
9170 8.6.7/8.6.6 1994/03/14
9171 SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird
9172 values to the -d flag. Thanks to Alain Durand of
9173 INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq
9176 8.6.6/8.6.6 1994/03/13
9177 SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based
9178 systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner
9179 of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways.
9180 Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a
9182 IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections
9183 in the connection cache for a long time under some
9184 circumstances. This could result in resource exhaustion,
9185 both at your end and at the other end. This checks the
9186 connections for timeouts much more frequently. From
9187 Doug Anderson of NCSC.
9188 Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as
9189 the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was
9190 from a local user to another local user. From
9191 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
9192 Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking
9193 for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/". From
9194 Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9195 Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability;
9196 instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of
9197 tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called
9198 SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE
9199 for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2)
9200 syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call,
9201 and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument
9202 statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>,
9203 <sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively).
9204 Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if
9205 there was no "/locations/sendmail" property. From
9206 David Meyer of the University of Virginia.
9207 Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition
9208 to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a
9210 Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident
9212 Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a
9213 mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a
9214 7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise
9215 that it supports 8BITMIME. You still have to specify
9216 mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all.
9217 Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically.
9218 Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files
9219 to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away
9221 Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias
9222 file if it was on a read-only file system. From
9223 Harry Edmon of the University of Washington.
9224 Improve MX randomization function. From John Gardiner Myers
9226 Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used
9227 %s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number)
9228 when a bad queue file was read. From Harry Edmon.
9229 Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail. I'm not
9230 sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained
9231 about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether
9232 "localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain.
9233 Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in
9234 headers. This causes a leading space to be added onto
9235 continuation lines (including in the body!), and also
9236 tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:,
9237 etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths. Problem
9238 Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center.
9239 Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have
9240 security implications. Suggested by several people.
9241 Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always
9242 log the numeric address as zero. This is a somewhat
9243 bogus implementation in that it does an extra system
9244 call, but it should be an inexpensive one. Fix from
9246 Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there
9247 were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long
9248 to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging.
9249 Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor
9250 per envelope -- previously the overhead was three
9251 descriptors. This was in response to a problem reported
9252 by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
9253 Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes;
9254 this redirects the output to the transcript so the info
9255 is not lost. From Eric Wassenaar.
9256 Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that
9257 has a naked $ at the end. Problem noted by James Matheson
9258 <jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>.
9259 Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested
9260 action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of
9261 501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to
9262 avoid bogus "protocol error" messages.
9263 Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $]
9264 lookup. This prevents it from ending up with two dots
9265 on the end of dot terminated names. From Wesley Craig
9266 of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9267 Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is
9268 more informative. It hadn't been using setclass, so you
9269 didn't see the class items being added.
9270 Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where
9271 NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but
9272 NIS is not running. Fix from John Oleynick of
9274 Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value,
9275 but sets h_errno to a success value.
9276 Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important
9277 enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the
9278 address specified in the P option). This fix should
9279 help problems that cause the df file to be left around
9280 sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce
9282 Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this
9283 only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher
9284 and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file.
9285 Problem noted by Janne Himanka.
9286 Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your
9287 SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection
9288 after 25 bad commands are issued. From Kyle Jones of
9290 Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers;
9291 fmtmsg overflows the message buffer. Fixed by trimming
9292 the to address to 203 characters. Problem reported by
9294 Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where
9295 a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef. Pointed out by
9296 George Baltz of the University of Maryland.
9297 Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To:
9298 lists to be incorrect in some places. From Motonori
9300 Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split
9301 envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a
9302 name server failure. Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the
9303 University of Washington.
9304 Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that
9305 don't have an ``=value'' part.
9306 CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also
9307 re-queued the message. Changed to just re-queue the
9308 message (it's really hard to just bounce it because
9309 of the weird way the name server works in the presence
9310 of CNAME loops). Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson
9311 of Cambridge University.
9312 Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages
9313 if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true
9314 user name. Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI.
9315 Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can
9316 override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can
9317 turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0.
9318 If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails,
9319 try it without the trailing dot. This is because if
9320 you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back
9321 to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find
9322 perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to
9323 be dot terminated in the hosts file. You don't want to
9324 strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure
9325 that country names that match one of your subdomains get
9327 PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings.
9328 From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon.
9329 CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j.
9330 This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal
9331 address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your
9332 IP address), but the code was broken. However, it will
9333 still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to
9334 get client configurations to work (sigh). Note that this
9335 means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user
9336 database! Problem noted by Paul Southworth.
9337 CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location. From
9338 Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>.
9339 CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings.
9340 CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX,
9341 and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message
9342 size for various mailers.
9343 CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0]
9344 instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency
9345 with other mailers. From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego.
9346 CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB,
9347 qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub}
9348 instead of user@$j. From Bill Wisner of The Well.
9349 CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set.
9350 CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local
9351 mailer for IRIX. This was different than most every other
9353 CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in
9354 envelope. Noted by Thierry Besancon
9355 <besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>.
9356 CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems
9357 don't want it set by default. Pointed out by Philippe
9358 Michel of Thomson CSF.
9359 CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your
9360 host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against
9361 ".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar"
9362 instead of "foo.bar". Also, allow "." in the mailertable
9363 to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST.
9364 This also moves matching of explicit local host names
9365 before the mailertable so they don't have to be special
9366 cased in the mailertable data. Reported by Bill
9367 Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding
9368 problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the
9369 University of Sydney.
9370 CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver
9371 locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default.
9372 This is because of the known bug where definition of
9373 both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore
9374 both and deliver into the local mailbox.
9375 CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they
9376 are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was
9377 reported as ineffective before. This also frees up
9378 diversion 8 for future use. Problem reported by Kimmo
9380 CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4])
9381 into host names. As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens,
9382 these are often used because either the forward or reverse
9383 mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again.
9384 DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide. From Kimmo
9387 Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software.
9388 DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
9389 GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University.
9390 Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>.
9391 NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>.
9392 BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
9393 Apollo from Eric Wassenaar.
9394 DGUX from Doug Anderson.
9395 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent.
9397 src/Makefile.DomainOS
9399 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1
9400 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2
9401 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
9403 cf/ostype/domainos.m4
9408 8.6.5/8.6.5 1994/01/13
9409 Security fix: /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test
9410 to allow root to own any file was backwards). From
9411 Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley.
9412 Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs
9413 were invoked. This caused programs to have group
9414 permissions they should not have had (usually group
9415 daemon instead of their own group). In particular,
9416 Perl scripts would refuse to run.
9417 Security: check to make sure files that are written are not
9418 symbolic links (at least under some circumstances).
9419 Although this does not respond to a specific known
9420 attack, it's just a good idea. Suggested by
9421 Christian Wettergren.
9422 Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on
9423 a system with a restricted shell listed in their
9424 /etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any
9425 program by putting that in their .forward file.
9426 This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell
9427 appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to
9428 execute a program or write a file. You can disable
9429 this by putting "*" in /etc/shells. It also won't
9430 permit world-writable :include: files to reference
9431 programs or files (there's no way to disable this).
9432 These behaviors are only one level deep -- for
9433 example, it is legal for a world-writable :include:
9434 file to reference an alias that writes a file, on
9435 the assumption that the alias file is well controlled.
9436 Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when
9437 looking into subdirectories. This would potentially
9438 allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly
9439 readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory.
9440 Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached
9441 connection to create problems on the current job.
9442 These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in
9444 Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue
9445 runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a
9446 problem that ignored the load average in locally
9447 generated mail. From Eric Wassenaar.
9448 Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS. From
9449 John Orthoefer of BB&N.
9450 Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just
9451 too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over
9452 NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways.
9453 Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused
9454 when sending error messages. This resulted in
9455 "unexpected close" messages. It should fix itself
9456 on the following queue run. Problem noted by
9457 Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester.
9458 Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide.
9459 This seems odd, but it was documented.... From
9460 Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
9461 Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be
9462 forced to be owned by root instead of daemon
9463 (actually DefUid). From Tim Irvin.
9464 Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen
9465 of the Chalmers University of Technology.
9466 Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error
9467 code associated with it -- previously it returned OK
9468 even though there was a real problem. Now it assumes
9470 Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had
9471 no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of
9472 "." to be discarded. Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys.
9473 Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried
9474 to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing
9475 a core dump. From der Mouse at McGill University.
9476 Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch;
9477 this makes it easier to turn it off (using
9478 -DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile). From der Mouse.
9479 Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of
9480 gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries
9481 to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with
9482 SunOS. If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes
9483 transfers to slave servers. Bug noted by Keith
9484 McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc.
9485 Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large
9486 (> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr
9487 to be trashed. Use the size of the sockaddr instead.
9488 Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State.
9489 Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not
9490 defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts
9491 file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing
9493 Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead
9494 of from a clean exit.
9495 If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS
9496 "host unknown" message is authoritative -- it
9497 might still be found in /etc/hosts.
9498 Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent
9499 as the subject of an error message, even though the
9500 actual cause of a message was more severe than that.
9501 Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI.
9502 Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking. From Kyle
9504 Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some
9505 versions of syslog(3). This adds a new compile time
9506 variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE. From Jay Plett of Princeton
9507 University, which is in turn derived from IDA.
9508 Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously
9509 it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec
9510 says that they should be ignored.
9511 Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for
9512 debugging). This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set
9513 (with the null input), and logs the result. This
9514 should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process
9516 Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as
9517 documented in the Bat Book.
9518 If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not
9519 return an error message and did not requeue the message.
9520 Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of
9521 Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France.
9522 Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error
9523 code during some parts of connection initialization.
9524 I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on
9525 the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in
9526 any case. From Amir Plivatsky.
9527 Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null.
9528 Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9529 Full-Name: field was being ignored. Fix from Motonori Nakamura
9530 of Kyoto University.
9531 Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle.
9532 From P{r Emanuelsson.
9533 Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts.
9534 Suggested by Douglas Anderson.
9535 Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls. Suggested by
9537 Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be
9538 needed for parsing. Problem noted by Douglas Anderson.
9539 Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP
9540 (e.g., if all RCPTs failed). Suggested by Motonori
9542 Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender
9543 address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid
9544 illegal addresses appearing there).
9545 Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of
9547 Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always
9549 Remember to set $i during queue runs. Reported by Stephen
9550 Campbell of Dartmouth University.
9551 If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during
9552 canonification as the name of a file with per-user host
9553 translations so that headers are properly mapped. Reported
9554 by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
9555 Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not
9556 using [IPC]) should die on a core dump.
9557 Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused
9558 by the other end closing the connection. From
9559 Dave Morrison of Oracle.
9560 Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq"
9561 to include a host name or other useful information.
9562 Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems. From Vince
9564 Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to
9565 NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/
9566 forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing
9567 the message for retry. Noted by William C Fenner of
9568 the NRL Connection Machine Facility.
9569 Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence
9570 had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character.
9571 Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around
9572 them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do
9574 Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form:
9575 ``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the
9576 null macro. Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM.
9577 Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to
9578 not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs
9579 to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when
9580 it was not. The effect of the problem was to make it
9581 very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few
9582 local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a
9583 corporate hub. Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the
9584 University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD.
9585 Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header
9586 addresses. This is more efficient (fewer name server
9587 calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such
9588 as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is
9589 non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did
9590 something else. Problem reported by Brian J. Coan
9591 of the Institute for Global Communications.
9592 Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand
9593 new arguments. For example, if you used ``sendmail
9594 -C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because
9595 the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments.
9596 Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their
9597 mail to the same program and have them appear unique.
9598 Portability fixes for:
9599 SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy.
9600 SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand.
9601 System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others.
9602 OSF/1 from Steve Campbell.
9603 DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt
9604 of Stoner Associates.
9605 Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola.
9606 Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University
9607 of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University
9609 FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert.
9610 NetBSD from Adam Glass.
9611 TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University.
9612 Irix from Bryan Curnutt.
9613 Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona.
9615 Linux from John Kennedy of California State University
9617 Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force.
9618 NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco.
9619 HP-UX from various people. NOTA BENE: the location
9620 of the config file has moved to /usr/lib
9621 to match the HP-UX version of sendmail.
9622 CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer;
9623 since this is intended only for internal use, the
9624 usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed. The
9625 main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP
9626 addresses when relaying internally.
9627 CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:;
9628 syntax addresses delivered via UUCP. Solution
9629 provided by Peter Wemm.
9630 CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset
9631 zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses. From
9632 Irving Reid of the University of Toronto.
9633 CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1
9634 from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy.
9635 CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency;
9636 this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside)
9637 that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain
9639 CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts)
9640 rather than letting them get "local configuration
9641 error"s. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers.
9642 CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted
9643 by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this
9644 has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax. This
9645 also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and
9646 "uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency.
9647 CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen
9648 <kim@grendel.lut.fi>).
9649 CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone.
9650 CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g.,
9651 ``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade)
9652 was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host
9653 added to the address. Problem noted by Peter Wan
9655 CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w. From
9656 Jim Murray of Stratus.
9657 CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V"
9658 mailer flag. Briefly, if you are sending to host
9659 "foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz",
9660 "foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has
9661 the local name prepended.
9662 CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX.
9663 DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide.
9664 MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or
9665 which lack newline. From Mark Delany.
9666 MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes
9667 in and out of the system). From Tom Ferrin of UC
9668 San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab.
9669 SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES:
9670 On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to
9671 /usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail.
9672 Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable
9673 :include: files and accounts that have shells
9674 that are not listed in /etc/shells. This may
9675 cause some .forward files that have worked
9676 before to start failing.
9677 SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log.
9681 src/Makefile.FreeBSD
9682 src/Makefile.Mach386
9689 cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4
9691 cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4
9693 makemap/Makefile.dist
9694 praliases/Makefile.dist
9696 8.6.4/8.6.4 1993/10/31
9697 Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment)
9698 if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in
9699 savemail. Problem reported by Richard Liu.
9700 Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP. This
9701 makes quite certain that crackers can't use this
9703 Reliability Fix: check return value from fclose() and fsync()
9704 in a few critical places.
9705 Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for
9706 redirecting the output channel on queue runs. It's
9707 not clear this code even does anything. From Eric
9708 Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear
9709 and High-Energy Physics.
9710 Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work",
9711 such as double-reading the Errors-To: header. From
9713 Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the
9714 data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this
9715 fix causes them to be properly reported. From Eric
9717 Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only
9718 really become relevant in the next release, but some
9719 people need it for local patches. From Michael
9720 Corrigan of UC San Diego.
9721 Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers)
9722 for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since
9723 these can have different values depending on which
9724 envelope they are in. From Eric Wassenaar.
9725 Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you
9726 what uid/gid processes ran as.
9727 Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if
9728 the sender address was unparseable for some reason;
9729 this was supposed to fall back to the "return to
9731 Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm.
9732 Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header
9733 file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX.
9734 CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope
9735 addresses (so that it matches local again). From
9737 CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n;
9738 this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like
9739 ``From Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''. From Motonori
9740 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
9741 CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly. This isn't legal, but
9742 it shouldn't fail miserably. From Motonori Nakamura.
9744 8.6.2/8.6.2 1993/10/15
9745 Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for
9746 addresses that get return-receipts.
9747 Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning
9748 messages -- some people don't read carefully enough
9749 and end up sending the message several times.
9750 Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return
9751 message. Currently, it just says "cannot send for
9753 Fix the "Original message received" time generated for
9754 returntosender messages. It was previously listed as
9755 the current time. Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of
9756 Cornell University Medical College.
9757 If there is an error when writing the body of a message,
9758 don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response
9759 in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to
9760 hang up under some bizarre circumstances. From Eric
9762 Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when
9763 connections fail during message collection. From
9765 Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the
9766 name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects
9767 the DATA command. Problem reported by Jim Murray of
9769 Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file
9770 incorrectly resolves to a null hostname. Reported by
9771 Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9772 Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ
9773 by non-root users were not put into
9774 X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the
9775 config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet. Fix
9776 from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea.
9777 Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code
9778 could get confused as to whether a database was
9780 Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is
9781 intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific
9782 configuration syntax. (This is a "new feature",
9783 but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief
9784 that this is a highly exceptional case.)
9785 Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC),
9786 SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1
9787 (from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley)
9788 CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming.
9790 8.6.1/8.6 1993/10/08
9791 Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V.
9792 Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down
9793 causing an error during parsing, that message was never
9794 propagated to the queue file.
9797 Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in
9798 conf.h (other systems have the same bug).
9799 If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume
9800 getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly
9801 large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the
9802 header files but don't have the syscall.
9803 Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname
9805 Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for
9806 delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error
9807 in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To:
9808 line). Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
9809 Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this
9810 is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9811 Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the
9812 Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix
9813 (from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.),
9814 NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from
9815 Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from
9816 Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo
9817 Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers.
9818 Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs. From Takahiro
9820 Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same
9821 name already exists. Problem stumbled over by Bill
9823 Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes.
9824 Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services.
9825 Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and
9826 :include: files. This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions
9827 slightly more. This includes proper setting of groups
9828 when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some
9829 files that you should be able to read but have previously
9830 been denied unless you owned them or they had "other"
9832 Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that
9833 if the user is forced to override some silly system,
9834 MX suppression will still work.
9835 Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double-
9836 calling expensive routines. In at least one case, it
9837 wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the
9838 same result. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9839 Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error
9840 condition from a non-SMTP mailer. From Motonori
9842 Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that
9844 Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still
9845 trying to send the original message if the connection
9846 is closed during a DATA command after getting an error
9847 on an RCPT command (pretty obscure). Problem reported
9848 by John Myers of CMU.
9849 Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long
9851 Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning:
9852 cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message;
9853 it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and
9854 only on some architectures. Although sendmail would
9855 keep trying, it would send error messages on each
9856 queue interval. This is an important fix.
9857 Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively.
9858 Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make
9859 ruleset testing a bit easier.
9860 Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command
9861 line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging
9863 Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on
9864 the command line. This is only done if there is exactly
9865 one recipient. Technically, this does not meet the
9866 specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the
9868 Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if
9869 you used the -t flag. Problem noted by Josh Smith of
9870 Harvey Mudd College.
9871 Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first
9872 ``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''. This is to
9873 avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in
9874 their full name information.
9875 Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have
9876 an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To:
9877 defined in the config file H lines. From J.R. Oldroyd.
9878 Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get
9879 wrong when compiling. Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI.
9880 Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the
9881 df file got lost; this would cause servers to always
9882 give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse.
9883 Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9884 Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT
9885 protocol timeouts (30s default). Requested by Murray
9886 Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus
9887 PC TCP/IP implementations.
9888 Change $w default definition to be just the first component of
9889 the domain name on config level 5. The $j macro defaults
9890 to the FQDN; $m remains as before. This lets well-behaved
9891 config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain
9893 Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture
9894 builds. I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still
9896 Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to
9897 get a queue file for an already completed job. This
9898 problem has existed for years. Problem noted by the
9899 long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9900 Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to
9901 udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused
9902 it to sometimes miss records that it should have found.
9903 Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs
9904 that claims to be itself works properly.
9905 Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in
9906 buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get
9907 it right. Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites
9908 recipient addresses, not sender addresses.
9909 Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot
9910 resolve /file/name style addresses. Fix from Jonathan
9911 Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
9912 Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to
9913 be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully
9914 queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors
9915 would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from
9917 Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise
9918 true address to still send to the original address
9919 if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre
9920 ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address).
9921 Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens.
9922 Remove support for frozen configuration files. They caused
9923 more trouble than it was worth.
9924 Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when
9925 using both -odb and -t flags. Problem noted by Rob
9926 McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley.
9927 Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w. For example,
9928 if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will
9929 contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu.
9930 Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run
9932 Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that
9933 messages don't come out with stale information.
9934 Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages
9935 will properly reflect the true filename being locked.
9936 Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need
9937 for MAXIPADDR in conf.h. Suggested by John Gardiner
9939 Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after
9940 an SMTP RSET command. Problem and fix from Michael
9942 Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is
9943 negative. Error reports still go to the envelope
9945 Add LA_SHORT for load averages.
9946 Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics.
9947 Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to
9948 set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you
9949 run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down
9950 (although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation
9951 so that it's not necessary to recompile every program
9952 that does bulk data transfer).
9953 Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups. Problem reported by
9955 Diagnose crufty S and V config lines. This resulted from an
9956 observation that some people were using the SITE macro
9957 without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing
9958 bogus config files that were not caught.
9959 Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it
9960 on instead). THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!!
9961 Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if
9962 you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl
9963 locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown.
9964 Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or
9965 :include:s don't use the wrong uid.
9966 If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was
9967 called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken.
9968 This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the
9969 alias file. Fix from Motonori Nakamura.
9970 Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion
9971 if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file.
9972 Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be
9973 opened or if running with no database format defined.
9974 Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn
9975 is set. Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
9976 Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive
9977 mailers) to be ignored in SMTP. Problem noted and the
9978 solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of
9980 Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to
9981 hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and
9982 returns the real name. This allows mailertable entries
9983 to match regular entries.
9984 Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid
9985 feature, even if it doesn't work right.
9986 Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP.
9987 This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT.
9988 Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this
9989 for programs that are specified through a .forward file.
9990 Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
9991 Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal
9992 error message so that the "subject" line of return
9993 messages is the best possible.
9994 CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration
9995 parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g.,
9996 define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local'').
9997 CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom
9998 connections (domain-ized UUCP).
9999 CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file
10000 name). Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel.
10001 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on
10002 DNS. This would presumably be used in UUCP islands.
10003 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux).
10004 CONFIG: log $u in Received: line. This is in technical violation
10005 of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain
10007 CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that
10008 if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include
10009 the "m" flag should you want it. Apparently some Solaris 2.2
10010 installations can't handle multiple local recipients.
10011 Problem noted by Josh Smith.
10012 CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults).
10013 CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5.
10014 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that
10015 forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the
10016 addresses in any detail.
10017 CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when
10018 used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form.
10019 CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented
10020 with an address such as "!foo".
10021 CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if
10022 the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken. There's a better
10023 way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I
10024 want to hold it for another release. Problem noted by
10028 Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown
10029 sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating
10030 everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that
10031 would do the return itself). Problem noted by Josh Smith.
10032 Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data,
10033 even during a T_ANY query. This actually didn't break
10034 anything, because the only time you called getcanonname
10035 with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX
10036 records, but it is somewhat cleaner. From Motonori
10038 Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there
10039 are no DNS records matching the name.
10040 Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The
10041 original message was received ... from localhost".
10042 The correct original host information is now included.
10043 Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their
10044 version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag). Change it
10045 to use -f instead. From John Myers.
10046 CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to
10047 esmtp -- it should be smtp.
10048 CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults
10049 to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used,
10050 else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown");
10051 this cleans up the configs somewhat. This fixes a serious
10052 problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays,
10053 pointed out by John Myers. WARNING: this also causes
10054 the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to
10055 "relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified.
10058 Add option `w'. If you receive a message that comes to you because
10059 you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and
10060 you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in
10061 your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target
10062 host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all). If
10063 `w' is not set, this case is a configuration error.
10064 Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like
10065 "message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that
10066 are really configuration errors. This option is
10067 disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with
10069 Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open
10070 when sendmail forks after the DATA command. This caused
10071 calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the
10072 entire list was processed and the child closed -- a
10073 potentially prodigious amount of time. Problem noted
10075 Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple
10076 addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely
10077 suppress the sending of the message. This changes
10078 handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an
10079 EF_GLOBALERRS flag. This also fixes a potential problem
10080 with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error
10081 in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late
10082 in processing. Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith
10083 of Harvey Mudd College. This release includes quite a bit
10084 of dickering with error handling (see below).
10085 Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error. This
10086 will only hurt already-broken software and should help
10088 Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were
10089 compiled in. It would never read the alias file.
10090 Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already
10092 Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would
10093 log this even when the queue file still existed. Change
10094 this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the
10095 queue file is actually removed. From John Myers.
10096 Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there
10097 is no pending transaction. Some senders just close the
10098 connection rather than sending QUIT.
10099 Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified
10100 domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause
10101 the subsequent host name lookup to fail. The problem
10102 only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set.
10103 Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
10104 Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had
10105 unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused
10106 core dumps on some machines.
10107 Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN.
10108 Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which
10109 then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA
10110 (confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which
10111 returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on
10112 whether you were running VERBose mode. Now it usually
10113 diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken".
10114 Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose
10115 some true error conditions.
10116 Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes.
10117 These are not reported only to Postmaster. Unbalanced
10118 parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes.
10119 They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP.
10120 Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that
10121 failed and the alias they arose from. This makes it
10122 somewhat easier to diagnose problems. Difficulty noted
10123 by Motonori Nakamura.
10124 Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses
10125 that shouldn't have had one during a queue run. This
10126 caused error messages to be handled differently during
10127 a queue run than a direct run.
10128 Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during
10129 the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was
10130 just extra stuff for users to crawl through.
10131 Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can
10132 auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments.
10133 Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the
10134 daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to
10136 Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the
10137 IDENT daemon to screw up. This required that I change
10138 HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode
10139 changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem
10140 to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid
10141 as well as the effective. The program test/t_setreuid.c
10142 will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2)
10143 is appropriately functional.
10144 The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify
10145 fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there,
10146 but it wasn't being enabled. Problem noted by Murray
10147 Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo.
10148 Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal
10149 code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase
10150 with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be
10151 confusing. Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision
10153 Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the
10154 process group id. The original fix was to get around
10155 some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks
10156 any call from a shell that creates a process group id
10157 different from the process id. I could try to fix
10158 this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or
10159 equivalent) but this is too likely to break other
10161 Portability changes:
10162 Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently
10163 DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs
10164 instead of using standard flags. Oh joy. This
10165 behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University
10167 SGI IRIX -- this includes several changes that should
10168 help other strict ANSI compilers.
10169 SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication
10171 Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the
10172 documentation apparently doesn't define
10173 __STDC__ by default).
10174 ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
10175 Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from
10177 CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'.
10178 CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags;
10179 several people have made a good argument that this
10180 creates more problems than it solves (although this
10181 may prove painful in the short run).
10182 CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host"
10184 CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset
10185 98 (8 on old sendmail). Domain literal [a.b.c.d]
10186 addresses are also passed through this ruleset.
10187 CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined,
10188 internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of
10189 ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however,
10190 the angle brackets confused the recursive call.
10191 These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name".
10192 CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken
10193 ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of
10194 ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_'). Problem found by Rein Tollevik
10195 of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
10196 CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very
10197 early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass
10198 things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses.
10199 Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well.
10200 CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or
10201 esmtp) to send SMTP mail. This allows you to default
10202 to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to
10203 deal with broken servers. This logic was pointed out
10204 to me by Bill Wisner. Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER.
10205 Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4
10206 environments. Ugly as sin.
10209 Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages
10210 like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument"
10211 or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied". This
10212 involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes
10213 the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out
10214 that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break
10215 some systems badly. This includes some fixes for
10216 HP-UX. Also fixes problems where the real uid is
10217 not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert).
10218 Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the
10219 addresses that timed out. Error messages are also more
10221 Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to
10223 Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD
10224 compatibility library. This also adds a new
10225 "HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if
10226 you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2).
10227 These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at
10228 University of Oregon. This now seems to work, at least
10229 for quick test cases.
10230 Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be
10231 sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses,
10232 and at least one of those addresses is good and points
10233 to an account that has a .forward file (whew!).
10234 Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat()
10235 returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark
10236 the "to" address). Problem noted by John Myers.
10237 Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending
10238 on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case. This
10239 isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses.
10240 From Michael Corrigan.
10241 CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of
10242 messages sent through UUCP-family mailers. Suggested
10243 by Bill Wisner of The Well.
10244 CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified,
10245 include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style
10246 addressing. Suggested by Bill Wisner.
10247 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match
10248 LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS. Suggested by
10249 Christophe Wolfhugel.
10250 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3). From Christophe Wolfhugel.
10253 Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode.
10254 On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To
10255 header) for back compatibility. NOTE: this DOES NOT
10256 imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way.
10257 Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1. Why, why, why???
10258 Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old
10259 SMTP server to give an error on this command, and
10260 logging it in the transcript can be confusing. Fix
10262 IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich
10263 <drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>.
10264 Solaris 2 compatibility changes. Provided by Bob Cunningham
10265 <bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick
10266 <juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu>
10267 Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c);
10268 move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to
10269 match the other flags in that file.
10270 Flush transcript before fork in mailfile(). From Eric Wassenaar.
10271 Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display.
10272 Changes from Eric Wassenaar.
10273 Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file
10274 failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer
10275 reference in very weird cases. From Eric Wassenaar.
10276 Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of
10277 forks. From Eric Wassenaar.
10278 Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new
10279 Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid
10280 re-using old value). From Motonori Nakamura.
10281 Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only)
10282 was specified, it would still replace the key with the
10283 value. Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
10284 If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out"
10285 message would ever be sent back. The timeout code
10286 has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope()
10287 so that all such failures should be diagnosed. Pointed
10288 out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others.
10289 Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or
10290 forward path must be readable by self if the controlling
10291 user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g.,
10292 when reading your .forward file, you have to own and
10293 have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in
10294 the root and directories leading up to your home);
10295 include files must be readable by anyone, but need not
10297 If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before
10298 reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems
10299 on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and
10300 the user's home directory isn't x'able.
10301 Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser.
10302 Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen.
10303 Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can
10304 get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second. Note that
10305 this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which
10306 is separate; this is just intended to work around
10307 network clogs that will occur before the final dot
10308 is sent. From Eric Wassenaar.
10309 Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively --
10310 it initially tries both, but if it finds anything
10311 matching without a null it never tries again with a
10312 null and vice versa. If -N is specified, it never
10313 tries without the null and creates new maps with a
10314 null byte. If -O is specified, it never tries with
10315 the null (for efficiency). If -N and -O are specified,
10316 you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would
10317 be a bad idea. If you don't specify either -N or -O,
10319 Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions
10320 will insert the appropriate full name information;
10321 this used to work and got broken somewhere along the
10323 Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the
10324 log. For example, if you lost a connection, don't
10325 bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost.
10326 Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down
10327 why we get occasional problems with file descriptor
10328 one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to
10329 only happen when there has been another error in the
10330 same transaction. This requires XDEBUG, defined
10331 by default in conf.h.
10332 Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of
10333 all SMTP transactions. This is intended ONLY for
10334 debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start
10335 it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing,
10336 and then kill it off and examine the indicated log.
10337 This output is not intended to be particularly human
10338 readable. This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile
10339 flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__.
10340 CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer. If you
10341 have a local net that should get direct connects, you
10342 will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts.
10343 See cf/README for an example.
10344 CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle
10345 sites that don't use the -d flag.
10346 CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses
10347 behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this
10348 has been requested by several people, but can break
10349 local aliases. For example, if you mail to "localalias"
10350 this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost";
10351 although initial delivery will work, replies will be
10352 broken. Use it sparingly.
10353 CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable). This maps unqualified domains
10354 to qualified domains in headers. I believe this is
10355 largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name.
10356 CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k. This permits you
10357 to override the "system name" as your UUCP name --
10358 in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names. From
10359 Bill Wisner of The Well.
10360 CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO
10361 first. This is currently unused in the config files,
10362 but could be used in a mailertable entry.
10364 8.1C/8.1B 1993/06/27
10365 Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on
10366 the system, regardless of ownership and permissions.
10367 If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it
10368 immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting.
10369 This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups.
10370 CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT)
10372 8.1B/8.1A 1993/06/12
10373 Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by
10374 two tokens in classes instead of one. Found by Claus
10375 Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany.
10377 8.1A/8.1A 1993/06/08
10378 Another mailertable fix....
10381 4.4BSD freeze. No semantic changes.